Issuu on Google+

HC HCL E E V V I I S S U U L L C C X X E E HCL HCL E V I S U L C X E EXC L L C C H H E E V I V I S S U U L L C L EXC C HCL EX H E V I S U L C L EX L EXC C C H H E V E I V S I U S L U C L X C L EX C H E HCL E E V I S U L C C X X E E L L C C H H E E V V I I S S U XCLU E L C H E HCL EXCL E V I S U XCL XC E E L L C C H H E E V V I I S S U U XCL PRODUCTS AVAILABLE ONLYUS XCLLOGISTICS, INC. ECARE L C H E HCL EEXCLUSIVE E V I THROUGH HEALTH L EXC EX L L C C H H E E V V I I S S U U L L EXC L C H E HCL EXC E V I S U L CL EX HCL EXC CL E H L CL EX HC CL VE H L CL EX HC HCL VE H X E L L C C H V V I I S S U U EXCL L C H E VE HCL EXCL V I S U L EXC L C H HCL E E E V V I I S S U U L L C C X X E E HCL VE HCL E L C H E V I S U L C HCL VE HCL EX LE C H E V I S U L C X HCL SIVE HCL E LE C H H E V I S U L C X E H IVE HCL E V I S U L C X E L C H HCL E E E V V I I S S U U L L C C X X E E HCL IVE HCL HCL E H SIVE HCL E EH SIVE HCL IVE S U L C X E H USIVE L C H H E E V V I I S S U U L L C C X X CL E H E V I SIVE HCL E S U L C X HCL IVE CL E S U L C X E E SIVE HCL IVE S U L C X E IVE S USIVE U L C X E E HCL USIVE L C X E SIVE USIV U L C X E HC E V I V S I U S L U C L X C E X E L C L HC E V I S LUSIVE H U L C X E L E HAskCfor our 2012 Sand Piper CatalogCL EXCLUSIVE HC V I S U L C X E L C USIVE H with HCL’s complete product line. H EX E E V V I I S S U U L L C C X X E E HCL E V I S USIVE HCL U L C X E CL V

HCL

© Health Care Logistics, Inc. 0 2/12

EXCLUSIVE CATALOG

HEALT

to Answers ® Special Problems Special

H CARE

LOGISTICS,

INC. –

YOUR

SMALL

FRIEND,

KS FOR THAN WITH G FLYIN AIR. PIPER SAND

D INDEE

2012 SAND

Care Logistics,

© Health

OG CATAL

indd 1

12_CovSprd.

Inc. 2012

PIPER

CL.com Web: www.GoH @GoHCL.com Email: www.hcl 25 25 PO Box , Ohio 43113-00 Circleville .1633 1.800.848 Call Free: 1.800.447.2923 Fax Free: y Phone: Emergenc .4293 1.740.207 THE US: or OUTSIDE 686 ) Call: 740.477.1 ® (425.4685 L.INTL 1.888.HC 923 Fax: 740.477.2

10/20/11

11:34 AM


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC

A #1400

B #1405

H #1403

C #1401

D #1410

I

J

#1415

# 1420

HCL Super Tough Bins • Durable, long-lasting, virtually unbreakable. • 12 sizes and 14 colors available. • Color variety allows for colorcoded storage of drugs, office supplies. • Label slots hold fanfold, roll or laser labels. • Bins can be stacked or hung from panels and rails. • Reinforced ribs keep bins from spreading. • Waterproof, oil and chemical resistant! • Can be stored in the refrigerator or freezer down to -15˚F (-26˚C).

Made from 100% recycled materials

YELLOW

IVORY

SANDSTONE

ORANGE

RED

LIGHT BLUE

BLUE

TEAL

GREEN

BERRY

PURPLE

BLACK

WHITE

SEMI-CLEAR

5 I

Recycled HCL Super Tough Bins • An environmentally friendly option. Available in five sizes. • Choose from Tan, Terra Cotta and Hunter Green (slight variation of color may occur on Recycled Bins). Specify color when ordering.

2

J D

#1415

# 1420

#1410

Tan Terra Cotta

A #1400

B #1405

Hunter Green

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU

E #1413

F

G

#1412

#1417

L

11"H

18"

K #1434

L #1438

W

1

3 4

se

Ba

" 3⁄

16 1⁄2"

HCL offer EXCLUSIV s an E line of color opti ons!

No one of fers as m a colors in stock and ny ready to ship!

A B C D E F G H I J K L

Item No.

1400* 1405* 1401 1410* 1413 1412 1417 1403 1415* 1420* 1434 1438

Inside Dimensions LxWxH

Base Length

Outside Dimensions LxWxH

Capacity

1-9

43⁄4 x 37⁄16 x 213⁄16 63⁄4 x 37⁄16 x 213⁄16 101⁄4 x 33⁄16 x 33⁄4 101⁄4 x 43⁄8 x 43⁄4 10 x 69⁄16 x 63⁄4 101⁄4 x 10 x 43⁄4 93⁄4 x 15 x 43⁄4 141⁄16 x 43⁄8 x 43⁄4 14 x 69⁄16 x 63⁄4 14 x 143⁄4 x 63⁄4 171⁄8 x 63⁄4 x 81⁄4 171⁄8 x 143⁄4 x 101⁄4

4 6 9 9 8 9 81⁄2 1213⁄16 12 12 141⁄2 133⁄4

53⁄8 x 41⁄8 x 3 73⁄8 x 41⁄8 x 3 107⁄8 x 41⁄8 x 4 107⁄8 x 51⁄2 x 5 103⁄4 x 81⁄4 x 7 107⁄8 x 11 x 5 107⁄8 x 161⁄2 x 5 143⁄4 x 51⁄2 x 5 143⁄4 x 81⁄4 x 7 143⁄4 x 161⁄2 x 7 18 x 81⁄4 x 9 18 x 161⁄2 x 11

10 lb 10 lb 30 lb 30 lb 60 lb 60 lb 60 lb 60 lb 60 lb 75 lb 75 lb 75 lb

$1.25 2.20 3.00 5.50 8.50 8.00 10.50 5.80 10.70 13.50 18.60 28.50

Price Each 10 - 19 20 - 29

$1.21 2.13 2.91 5.34 8.25 7.76 10.19 5.63 10.38 13.10 18.04 27.65

$1.19 2.09 2.85 5.23 8.08 7.60 9.98 5.51 10.17 12.83 17.67 27.08

30 +

$1.13 1.98 2.70 4.95 7.65 7.20 9.45 5.22 9.63 12.15 16.74 25.65

Please specify HCL Super Tough Bins or *Recycled HCL Super Tough Bins (#1400, 1405, 1410, 1415 and 1420).

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

3


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC A #1404

offers e n o o N y colors n a m s a and in stock ip! o sh ready t

B #1406

C #1407

D #1408

X-Large HCL Super Tough Bins • Giant bins store large, heavy items and stack to save space. • Reinforced ribs on sides keep bins from spreading. • Specify color when ordering.

A B C D E

Item No.

1404 1406 1407 1408 1409

4

E #1409

Inside Dimensions LxWxH

Base Length

Outside Dimensions LxWxH

Capacity

1-3

4-7

Price Each 8 - 11

12 +

167⁄8 x 1011⁄16 x 53⁄8 167⁄8 x 1011⁄16 x 73⁄8 167⁄8 x 1011⁄16 x 113⁄8 167⁄8 x 169⁄16 x 113⁄8 261⁄8 x 169⁄16 x 113⁄8

151⁄2 151⁄2 151⁄2 151⁄2 243⁄4

20 x 123⁄8 x 6 20 x 123⁄8 x 8 20 x 123⁄8 x 12 20 x 183⁄8 x 12 291⁄4 x 183⁄8 x 12

60 lb 60 lb 75 lb 75 lb 75 lb

$18.00 20.00 25.00 36.00 47.00

$17.46 19.40 24.25 34.92 45.59

$17.10 19.00 23.75 34.20 44.65

$16.20 18.00 22.50 32.40 42.30

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU Inventory Control Bin Dividers

B

• Dividers keep contents separated in the #1410 and 1415 Super Tough Bins. • Orange label indicates when supplies are low. When label is down, inventory may need to be restocked. • Clear acrylic dividers are 1 ⁄8" thick. • Adhere the divider to the bottom of the bin using double-sided tape.

Item No.

A 18307 B 18308

A

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

Inventory Control Bin Divider for 1410 Inventory Control Bin Divider for 1415

$12.40 17.60

$11.78 16.72

$11.16 15.84

Divider down and orange showing is a quick indication inventory needs to be replenished.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

5


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC

Bin Labels • Provide quick supply identification. • #7165, 7173 and 7160 packaged in quantities of 1,000 fanfolded.

Restore order to your supplies with Bin Labels.

Item No.

7160 7165 7171 A 7173

A

Fits Bin

1-4

Price per Package 5-9

10 +

#1401 #1400, 1405 #1401 #1403, 1410-1438

$17.70 15.80 17.70 27.40

$16.82 15.01 16.82 26.03

$15.93 14.22 15.93 24.66

Description

Bin Label - fanfolded Bin Label - fanfolded Bin Label - roll Bin Label - fanfolded

Bin Label Extension Holders • Angled holders extend labels out and up. • Insert labels into the back of the Clear acrylic plastic holders for protection. #16081 Fits: #1400, 1401 and 1405 Super Tough Bins #1440, 1445, 1447, 1448, 1450, 1451, 1454, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1458 and 1459 Shelf Bins. #16082 Fits: #1403, 1410, 1412, 1413, 1415, 1417, 1420, 1434 and 1438 Super Tough Bins #1470 and 1471 Big and Bigger Beige Bins

B

Bin label inside a label extension is easier to read. Item No.

Description

Dimensions WxH

1-4

16081 Bin Label Extension Holder 215⁄16 x 11⁄8 $1.00 B 16082 Bin Label Extension Holder 4 x 15⁄8 1.00

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$0.95 0.95

$0.90 0.90

Protective Bin Lenses • Clear acrylic protective lens slides over the label. • Blue protective shipping film peels away easily. • #9804-01 Fits #1403, 1410, 1412, 1413, 1415, 1417, 1420, 1434 and 1438 HCL Super Tough Bins and #1470, 1471 Big and Bigger Beige Bins.

• #9805-01 Fits the #1400 and 1405 HCL Super Tough Bins. • #9809-01 Fits the #1401 Super Tough Bin on page 2. • 12 lenses per package. C

Item No.

Description

1-4

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

C 9804-01 Protective Bin Lens $6.60 9805-01 Small Protective Bin Lens 6.00 9809-01 1401 Protective Bin Lens 5.40

6

$6.27 5.70 5.13

$5.94 5.40 4.86

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU Order labels separately to create a customized bin. Custom labeling options are also available. Just call us for details.

F

E

A

D

C

B

Clear or Amber lids come already attached!!

HCL Super Tough Bins with Lids Clear Lids • See-through crystal styrene lids keep contents dust-free and protected. • Clear lids are available attached or separate for the #1400, 1405, 1410 and 1420 bins. Assembly required if ordering the lid only. Amber Lids • Amber lids are ideal for the storage of light sensitive drugs or IVs. • Plastic meets the USP specifications for light resistance. • Available attached or separate for the #1410 and 1420 bins. Amber lids can be custom ordered for the #1400 and 1405 bins. Call Customer Service for assistance. • Bins with Amber and Clear lids are available in 17 colors. Specify color when ordering. • See pages 2-3 for bin dimensions. Item No.

A 1672 1951 B 1673 1953 C 1676 1955 D 1558-01 1561-01 E 1555 1557 F 1556 1553-01

The amber lid provides UV light protection.

E

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

#1400 Bin with Clear Lid attached Clear Lid only for #1400 Bin #1405 Bin with Clear Lid attached Clear Lid only for #1405 Bin #1410 Bin with Clear Lid attached Clear Lid only for #1410 Bin #1410 Bin with Amber Lid attached Amber Lid only for #1410 Bin #1420 Bin with Clear Lid attached Clear Lid only for #1420 Bin #1420 Bin with Amber Lid attached Amber Lid only for #1420 Bin

$3.00 1.10 4.20 1.20 9.10 2.50 21.10 14.00 30.00 23.40 42.30 28.40

$2.85 1.05 3.99 1.14 8.65 2.38 20.05 13.30 28.50 22.23 40.19 26.98

$2.70 0.99 3.78 1.08 8.19 2.25 18.99 12.60 27.00 21.06 38.07 25.56

F

*Slight variation of color may occur on Recycled Bins.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

7


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC

A

B

C

Yellow

Gray

Light Blue

Clear

Ivory

Red

Unit Dose Bins • Can be used on standard 12" deep shelving. • Ideal for use with Easy Shelving Systems. • Bin label #7161 fits the #5300 bin and label #7178 fits the #5305 and 5310 bins. • Available in Yellow, Gray, Light Blue, Clear, Ivory or Red. Specify color when ordering. • Outside Dimensions 2": 117⁄8"L x 2"W x 23⁄4"H • Inside Dimensions 2": 103⁄4"L x 113⁄16"W x 211⁄16"H • Outside Dimensions 3": 117⁄8"L x 3"W x 23⁄4"H • Inside Dimensions 3": 103⁄4"L x 25⁄8"W x 211⁄16"H • Outside Dimensions 6": 117⁄8"L x 6"W x 23⁄4"H • Inside Dimensions 6": 103⁄4"L x 55⁄8"W x 211⁄16"H

Item No.

A 5300 B 5305 C 5310

Description

1-9

Unit Dose Bin, 2" wide $3.70 Unit Dose Bin, 3" wide 4.10 Unit Dose Bin, 6" wide 5.20

Price Each 10 - 19 20 - 29

$3.59 3.98 5.04

30 +

$3.52 $3.33 3.90 3.69 4.94 4.68

F E

D

G

D E F G H I

Item No.

17323 17325 17327 17324 17326 17328

I

H

Description

Disposable Bin Liners - DBL™ for Unit Dose Bins Dimensions LxWxH

Bin Liner for #5300 Unit Dose Bin 105⁄8 x 13⁄4 x 25⁄8 Bin Liner for #5305 Unit Dose Bin 105⁄8 x 25⁄8 x 25⁄8 Bin Liner for #5310 Unit Dose Bin 1013⁄16 x 53⁄4 x 25⁄8 Dividers for #17323 Dividers for #17325 Dividers for #17327

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

Qty.

1-4

25 25 25 3 3 3

$5.90 7.20 14.20 0.70 0.70 1.25

$5.61 6.84 13.49 0.67 0.67 1.19

$5.31 6.48 12.78 0.63 0.63 1.13

• Quick liner replacement during restocking maintains clean bins and greatly reduces the causes of healthcare-acquired infections. • Liners allow dividers to be used in otherwise nondividable bins.

DBL™ is a trademark of DBL Solution Patent Pending.

8

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU A

B

Half-Size Unit Dose Bins • Shorter length is convenient for tight spaces. • Use on shelving, in refrigerators, or attach to a hanging rail using the hanging lip on the back. • Slanted front allows bin label to be easily read while on shelves. Use #7161 bin labels. • Available in Clear, Light Blue, Gray, Ivory, Red and Yellow. Specify color when ordering. • Outside Dimensions 2": 69⁄16"L x 2"W x 23⁄4"H • Inside Dimensions 2": 415⁄16"L x 113⁄16"W x 211⁄16"H • Outside Dimensions 3": 69⁄16"L x 3"W x 23⁄4"H • Inside Dimensions 3": 55⁄16"L x 213⁄16"W x 211⁄16"H

Stack two deep on standard 12" shelving

Half-Size Bin

Save counter or shelf space! Utilize hanging lip to hang from wall rail.

Item No.

A 5301 B 5302

Full-Size Bin

Description

Half-Size Unit Dose Bin, 2" wide Half-Size Unit Dose Bin, 3" wide

1-9

$2.00 2.50

Price Each 10 - 19 20 - 29

$1.94 2.43

$1.90 2.38

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

30 +

$1.80 2.25

9


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC Unit Dose Bins with Amber Lids A

B

C

A B C D

• Lids, bins and labels may be purchased separately. Call your Customer Service Representative for details. • Specify bin color when ordering: Gray, Ivory, Light Blue, Red, Clear and Yellow.

D

Description

Overall Dimensions LxWxH

Price Each

Unit Dose Bin #5300 with Amber Lid Unit Dose Bin #5305 with Amber Lid Unit Dose Bin #5310 with Amber Lid Patient Bin #1322 with Amber Lid

117⁄8 x 2 x 23⁄4 117⁄8 x 3 x 23⁄4 117⁄8 x 6 x 23⁄4 93⁄4 x 41⁄2 x 21⁄2

$13.00 14.90 18.70 20.80

Item No.

5311-01 5312-01 5313-01 5314-01

Bin Labels • Slip-in style label fits on the front of the bin. • #7161 and 7178 packaged in quantities of 1,000 fanfolded. Item No.

7161 7178

Description

Bin Label - fanfolded Bin Label - fanfolded

Dimensions WxH

Fits Bin #

Price per Package 1-4 5-9 10 +

13⁄4 x 11⁄4 23⁄4 x 11⁄2

#5300, 5301 #5305, 5310, 5302

$23.60 $22.42 $21.24 24.80 23.56 22.32

Bin Cart Top Protector • Beige molded ABS plastic has a smooth finish and a 1⁄4" lip to keep items from rolling off.

E

HCL Super Tough Bins on pages 2-3

Item No.

Bin Cart can be found on page 24 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

10

E 1437

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

Bin Cart Top Protector

$67.00

$63.65

$60.30

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU A

B

C

Available in H EXCLUSIVE CL or a variety Ivory of other colors!

D

No one offer s as many colors in st ock and rea dy to ship!

E

F

G

I

H

J

K

L

M

Shelf Bins • Provide organized storage in large drawers, on shelving units, in cabinets, on carts and on racks. • Bin dividers (sold separately), divide bins from side-to-side. • Bins are not made for stacking. Brackets are available for stacking lightweight supplies. See page 13. • Bin Cups are available. See page 38 of HCL's 2012 Sand Piper Catalog. • Specify color when ordering: Ivory, Blue, Light Blue, Red, White, Yellow or Green. Not all bins are available in all colors. • 6" high Shelf Bins also available. Contact Customer Service.

A B C D E F G H I J K L M

Item No.

1435 1440* 1445* 1447 1448 1450* 1455* 1457 1456 1451* 1458* 1459 1454

Outside Dimensions LxWxH

Inside Dimensions LxWxH

1-9

115⁄8 x 23⁄4 x 4 115⁄8 x 41⁄8 x 4 115⁄8 x 65⁄8 x 4 115⁄8 x 83⁄8 x 4 115⁄8 x 111⁄8 x 4 177⁄8 x 41⁄8 x 4 177⁄8 x 65⁄8 x 4 177⁄8 x 83⁄8 x 4 177⁄8 x 111⁄8 x 4 235⁄8 x 41⁄8 x 4 235⁄8 x 65⁄8 x 4 235⁄8 x 83⁄8 x 4 235⁄8 x 111⁄8 x 4

101⁄4 x 15⁄8 x 4 101⁄4 x 3 x 4 101⁄4 x 51⁄2 x 4 101⁄4 x 71⁄8 x 4 101⁄4 x 10 x 4 161⁄2 x 3 x 4 161⁄2 x 51⁄2 x 4 161⁄2 x 71⁄8 x 4 161⁄2 x 10 x 4 221⁄8 x 3 x 4 221⁄8 x 51⁄2 x 4 221⁄8 x 71⁄8 x 4 221⁄8 x 10 x 4

$2.20 2.40 3.10 3.70 5.50 3.20 4.10 5.70 8.60 5.70 7.30 9.00 10.70

Price Each 10 - 19 20 - 29

$2.13 2.33 3.01 3.59 5.34 3.10 3.98 5.53 8.34 5.53 7.08 8.73 10.38

$2.09 2.28 2.95 3.52 5.23 3.04 3.90 5.42 8.17 5.42 6.94 8.55 10.17

30 +

$1.98 2.16 2.79 3.33 4.95 2.88 3.69 5.13 7.74 5.13 6.57 8.10 9.63

*Also available in recycled.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

11


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC Shelf Bin Accessories Bin Label Extension Holder • Angled holder extends label out and up so it can be easily read when stored on a bottom shelf or rack. • Label is inserted into the back of the Clear acrylic extension holder so it is fully covered for protection. #16081 Fits: #1440, 1445, 1447, 1448, 1450, 1451, 1454, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1458 and 1459 Shelf Bins. #16083 Fits: #1435

A

Item No.

Description

Dimensions WxH

1-4

A 16083 Bin Label Extension Holder 115⁄16 x 11⁄16 $1.00 16081 Bin Label Extension Holder 215⁄16 x 11⁄8 1.00

Description (Fits Bin)

10 +

$0.95 0.95

$0.90 0.90

B

Bin Labels • Slip-in style label fits easily into label holder on the front of the bin. • Packaged in quantities of 1,000 fanfolded. Item No.

Price Each 5-9

C

Dimensions WxH

B 7165 Bin Label - fanfolded, 215⁄16 x 13⁄16 fits all Shelf Bins except #1435 C 7184 Bin Label - fanfolded, 115⁄16 x 13⁄16 fits #1435

Price per Package 1-4 5-9 10 +

$15.80 $15.01 $14.22 17.70

16.82

15.93

Protective Bin Lenses • Clear acrylic protective lenses slide into bin label holders and over labels to protect them. • Blue protective shipping fi lm removes easily. • Lenses fit all Shelf Bins. • Twelve per package.

D

Item No.

Description (Fits Bin)

Price per Package 1-4 5-9 10 +

D 9802-01 Bin Lens (fits #1435) $6.60 $6.27 $5.94 9803-01 Bin Lens (fits all bins except #1435) 6.00 5.70 5.40

12

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU Stacking Brackets for Shelf Bins • Enable Shelf Bins to be stacked while still holding lightweight supplies and help reduce the amount of countertop and shelf space needed for storage. • Four different sizes of brackets are designed to stack all of the Shelf Bins (except the #1435 Shelf Bin). See Shelf Bins on page 11. • Two to four brackets per bin are needed depending on the length of the bin. See chart below. • Brackets are 1 ⁄8" thick White styrene plastic. • Bins and brackets should not be stacked higher than three bins.

A

D C B A

Bin #

1440 1445 1447 1448 1450 1455

A B C D

Item No.

9701-01 9702-01 9703-01 9704-01

Bracket #

9701-01 9702-01 9703-01 9704-01 9701-01 9702-01

Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket

Bin #

1457 1456 1451 1458 1459 1454

2 2 2 2 3 3 Dimensions WxHxD

Description

Stacking Stacking Stacking Stacking

Number of Brackets Needed

Fits Bin #

41⁄8 x 25⁄8 x 2 65⁄8 x 25⁄8 x 2 83⁄8 x 25⁄8 x 2 111⁄8 x 25⁄8 x 2

1440, 1445, 1447, 1448,

1450, 1455, 1457, 1456,

Bracket #

9703-01 9704-01 9701-01 9702-01 9703-01 9704-01

1451 1458 1459 1454

Number of Brackets Needed

3 3 4 4 4 4 1-4

$3.60 3.80 4.30 5.10

Price Each 5-9

$3.42 3.61 4.09 4.85

10 +

$3.24 3.42 3.87 4.59

Organizing Trays • Quickly organize smaller supplies in bins, storage boxes, drawers, carts and more. • Cut to size to meet your storage needs. • Made of molded polystyrene plastic. • Overall Tray Dimensions: 79 ⁄16"L x 1015 ⁄16"W x 13 ⁄16"H • Individual compartment dimensions: 3 compartments 17 ⁄8"L x 10"W 4 compartments 27 ⁄8"L x 61 ⁄2"W 6 compartments 27 ⁄8"L x 3"W 12 compartments 17 ⁄8"L x 2"W

E F G H

Item No.

5213-01 5214-01 5215-01 5216-01

F G

E

H

Description (Fits Bin)

Organizing Tray, 3 compartments Organizing Tray, 4 compartments Organizing Tray, 6 compartments Organizing Tray, 12 compartments

Use in medication carts or emergency carts to hold large syringes.

1-4

$3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$3.42 $3.24 3.42 3.24 3.42 3.24 3.42 3.24

*Specify scissor color when ordering. Black, Blue, Orange, Pink, Purple, Red or Yellow

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Use in HCL’s Super Tough Use with divider boxes to Bin to organize small store smaller supplies in OR quantities of unit dose and central supply. Shown supplies. Shown with #1412 with #1700 Divider Box. Super Tough Bin.

13


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC Disposable Bin Liners - DBL™ for Patient Bins • Eliminate dirty patient medication drawers and medical storage bins. • No cleaning involved! Whenever a bin liner is soiled, it can be disposed and replaced with another liner. • Place in bins with new patient admits. Allows for easy transport when patient is transferred to a different unit. • Lightweight construction of recycled high-impact polystyrene plastic.

C

B

A

Contact us today for a FREE sample, technical information bulletin and bin liner study results.

Use with bins on page 46 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

Item No.

A 17126 B 17127 C 17128 17138 17139 17140

Dimensions LxWxH

Description

Bin Liner for #1321 3"W Patient Bin Bin Liner for #1322 41⁄2"W Patient Bin Bin Liner for #1323 6"W Patient Bin Dividers for #17126 Dividers for #17127 Dividers for #17128

87⁄8 x 3 x 21⁄4 87⁄8 x 43⁄8 x 21⁄4 87⁄8 x 6 x 21⁄4

Qty.

1-4

Price per Package 5-9

10 +

25 25 25 2 2 2

$9.30 12.40 18.60 0.80 0.90 1.00

$8.84 11.78 17.67 0.76 0.86 0.95

$8.37 11.16 16.74 0.72 0.81 0.90

Disposable Bin Liners - DBL™ for Waterloo Cassette Bins

E

DBLs provide a practical, proven method for ensuring every Waterloo Cassette Bin is clean every day of the year.

G

The CDC estimates 1 in 20 patients acquire infections during their stay in a hospital or care facility. Bin liners reduce the risk of creating a statistic. D

Because health care acquired infections occur when microorganisms accumulate in areas such as medication cassette bins, it is critical that bins remain free of all debris. Disposable Bin Liners make this possible and they provide visible results. Users simply discard a soiled liner and replace it with a new one.

F

D E F G

Item No.

12972 12973 12974 12975

Dimensions LxWxH

Description

Bin Liner for #1306, 3"W Waterloo Bin Bin Liner for #1307, 5"W Waterloo Bin Dividers for #12972 Dividers for #12973

101⁄2 x 3 x 21⁄4 105⁄8 x 5 x 21⁄4

Qty.

1-4

Price per Package 5-9

10 +

25 25 3 3

$6.40 9.50 1.25 1.25

$6.08 9.03 1.19 1.19

$5.76 8.55 1.13 1.13

DBL™ is a trademark of DBL Solution. Waterloo® is a registered trademark of Waterloo Industries.

I

H L

BIN LINERS can also be used as disposable bins.

J M

K N

O

Disposable Bin Liners DBL™ for Lionville® Bins H I J K L M N O

Item No.

12976 12977 17250 17251 12978 12979 17252 17253

Description

Bin Liner for 5"W Lionville Bin Bin Liner for 8"W Lionville Bin Bin Liner for 5"W Lionville Classic Patient Bin Bin Liner for 8"W Lionville Classic Patient Bin Dividers for #12976 Dividers for #12977 Dividers for #17250 Dividers for #17251

Dimensions LxWxH

113⁄8 x 5 x 2 111⁄2 x 75⁄8 x 2 91⁄4 x 43⁄4 x 2 91⁄8 x 71⁄16 x 2

Qty.

1-4

25 25 25 25 3 3 3 3

$9.50 13.20 9.40 13.80 1.50 2.40 1.00 2.00

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

$9.03 12.54 8.93 13.11 1.43 2.28 0.95 1.90

$8.55 11.88 8.46 12.42 1.35 2.16 0.90 1.80

Lionville® is a registered trademark of InterMetro Industries Corporation.

14

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU

A

B

C

D

E

Disposable Bin Liners - DBL™ for Pyxis® Matrix Drawer • Drop-in liners keep drawers clean and minimize risk of transmitting healthcare acquired infections. • Five sizes are available for use with numerous drawer configurations. • Pull out the used liner and replace with a new one! • Scan barcode labels easily through Clear plastic liners. • 1 x 1 Dimensions: 21 ⁄2"W x 4"H x 21 ⁄2"D • 1 x 2 Dimensions: 51 ⁄4"W x 4"H x 21 ⁄2"D • 1 x 3 Dimensions: 77 ⁄8"W x 4"H x 21 ⁄2"D • 2 x 2 Dimensions: 51 ⁄4"W x 4"H x 51 ⁄4"D • 2 x 3 Dimensions: 77 ⁄8"W x 4"H x 51 ⁄4"D • 25 per package.

C

Scan barcode labels easily through clear plastic liners.

A B C D E

Item No.

Description

17335 17336 17337 17338 17339

Liner Liner Liner Liner Liner

for for for for for

Matrix Matrix Matrix Matrix Matrix

Drawer, Drawer, Drawer, Drawer, Drawer,

1-4

1 1 1 2 2

x x x x x

1 2 3 2 3

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

$7.70 10.40 15.50 17.60 22.80

$7.32 9.88 14.73 16.72 21.66

$6.93 9.36 13.95 15.84 20.52

Pyxis® is a registered trademark of Cardinal Health, Inc.

F

G

H

I

J

K

Disposable Bins • Lightweight disposable bins in assorted styles, are perfect for keeping small parts and accessories neat and organized. • Create disposable supply or transport kits by placing prefilled disposable bins inside totes, boxes or drawers. • Because they’re disposable, you can simply toss them in the trash once they become worn or soiled and then replace with new bins. • Available in packages of 25 in styles with or without dividers.

L

F G H I J K L M N

Item No.

17301 17302 17303 17304 17305 17306 17251 17327 17339

M

N

Description

Dimensions LxWxH

1-4

Disposable Bin Disposable Bin, 3 Pocket Disposable Bin, 4 Pocket Disposable Bin, 6 Pocket Disposable Bin, 12 Pocket Disposable Bin, 6 Pocket Disposable Bin Disposable Bin Disposable Bin

151⁄2 x 21⁄4 x 11⁄4 151⁄2 x 21⁄4 x 11⁄4 151⁄2 x 21⁄4 x 11⁄4 151⁄2 x 21⁄4 x 11⁄4 151⁄2 x 21⁄4 x 11⁄4 151⁄2 x 73⁄8 x 11⁄4 91⁄8 x 71⁄16 x 2 1013⁄16 x 53⁄4 x 25⁄8 51⁄4 x 77⁄8 x 4

$12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 23.80 13.80 14.20 22.80

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

$11.40 11.40 11.40 11.40 11.40 22.61 13.11 13.49 21.66

15

$10.80 10.80 10.80 10.80 10.80 21.42 12.42 12.78 20.52


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC Bins will fit on these Shelf Zones

B

A

C

Bins will fit on these Shelf Zones

Bins for Shelf Zones in Omnicell® Cabinets

• Shelves are located in the following Omnicell products: 1, 2 or 3-Cell Color Touch Rx 1, 2 or 3-Cell Auxiliary SecureVault™ OptiFlex™ Cabinets • Three bin sizes are available. #17691 Small Clear Bin – 8 per shelf #17692 Medium Clear Bin – 4 per shelf #17693 Large Clear Bin – 2 per shelf

• Durable plastic bins optimize space in Omnicell® shelf zones. • Angled front edge allows for easy supply retrieval and features a label holder that doubles as a hand grip. • Bin widths align with Omnicell button bars. Small spans one button bar, Medium spans two button bars and Large spans four.

F

E D Bin liners fit into 12 and 24-bin sensing and locking drawers. 12 per package.

A B C

Item No.

17691 17708 17692 17709 17693 17710

Dimensions WxHxD

Description

Small Clear Bin Dividers for Small Clear Bin #17691 Medium Clear Bin Dividers for Medium Clear Bin #17692 Large Clear Bin Dividers for Large Clear Bin #17693

25⁄8 x 3 x 207⁄8 53⁄8 x 3 x 207⁄8 11 x 3 x 207⁄8

Liners for Omnicell sensing and locking drawers will protect the bins from leaks and spills.

Qty.

1-4

Price 5-9

1 5 1 5 1 5

$11.40 2.70 14.50 3.40 27.40 4.90

$10.83 2.57 13.78 3.23 26.03 4.66

Qty.

1-4

Price per Package 5-9

10 +

12/pk. 12/pk. 12/pk.

$5.20 5.20 5.40

$4.94 4.94 5.13

$4.68 4.68 4.86

10 +

$10.26 2.43 13.05 3.06 24.66 4.41

Omnicell®, OmniRx®, SinglePointe™, SecureVault™ and OptiFlex™ are trademarks or registered trademarks of Omnicell, Inc. DBL™ is a trademark of DBL Solution.

Item No.

D E F

Description

17688 Bin Liner for 24-Bin Sensing Drawer (Omnicell bin #57-7010) 17689 Bin Liner for 24-Bin Locking Drawer (Omnicell bin #57-7044) 17690 Bin Liner for 12-Bin Locking & Sensing Drawers (Omnicell bin #57-7034)

16

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU

CA B AN INET D F S, RE SH E D ELV ES ING IGN !

Mobile and Drawer Cabinets come fully assembled. Other cabinets ship flat ready to assemble.

Compounding Pharmacy

Cabinets & Shelving

Department Workstations

FREE 3D Design Consultation Service Whether you’re redesigning your entire workspace or adding only a single workstation, our FREE 3D Design Consultation Service helps maximize your space potential. We work with you to create a virtual layout of your room and help you choose the combination of stock or custom pieces to maximize your budget and every inch of your space. Plus, our stock and custom cabinets ship in five working days or less!

rvices e S n o i t Installa ilable! Ava Call for more details!

Color options help create attractive, unified spaces Design your ideal workspace and satisfy all your storage needs with our in-stock and custom-designed cabinets and shelves, now available in a full spectrum of colors to complement any decor. Choose from six cabinet colors and five countertop colors to create an attractive, unified look throughout your facility. Our cabinet line is loaded with new styles, all of which are interchangeable and expandable to provide a perfect fit today as well as flexibility for the future.

beige

cherry

gray

maple

oak

white

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering.

beige

charcoal

gray

green

white

Countertop color options. Specify color when ordering.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

17


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC Printer Cabinet • Open design allows for easy A access to printed documents. Lockable storage drawer secures supplies and keeps paper, labels and ink available for quick, convenient refills. (Printer is not included.) • Slide-out shelf provides unobstructed access to printer and eliminates the hassle of loading paper or replacing ink in a tight, closed space. • Drawer locks and comes with two keys. • Durable high-quality melamine. • Ships fully assembled. • Outside Dimensions: 24"W x 381⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • Inside Dimensions: 221⁄2"W x 223⁄4"H x 213⁄4"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

A

Item No.

Description

A 5049

Price Each

Printer Cabinet

$400.00

Cable/wiring cutout is included in the price. Please specify your location. MULTIPLE LOCK OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. See page 59 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

beige

cherry

gray

oak

maple

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering.

Trash Cabinet B

B

• Deposit waste through the front of this lockable cabinet to hide trash and maintain a clean work environment. (Trash can is not included.) • Locks and comes with two keys. • Durable high-quality melamine. • Soft close hinge adapter option allows doors to close gently and silently and eliminates the harsh sound of slamming doors. • Outside Dimensions: 18"W x 381⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • Inside Dimensions: 161⁄2"W x 33"H x 213⁄4"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors. Item No.

B 5048

18

white

Description

Trash Cabinet

Price Each

$295.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU Sink Cabinet • Two-door base cabinet with sink inset adds convenience and storage to your workspace, lab, kitchen, bathroom or other washroom. Countertop and sink are not included. • Durable high-quality melamine. • Soft close hinge adapter option allows doors to close gently and silently. • Outside Dimensions: 36"W x 381⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

A

Item No.

Description

5047

Sink Cabinet

A

Price Each

$450.00

B

Vertical Pull-Out Storage Cabinets with Locks - Top and Base

C

• Medication and supply cabinet’s vertical design and pull-out convenience adds storage capacity and improves picking/restocking accessibility in small spaces. • Use as a stand alone pull-out cabinet on a countertop or under a counter, or stack the base and top to maximize vertical storage. When not placed under a secure countertop, the cabinet must be secured to the wall to keep it from tipping forward when the drawer is extended. • Base has three acrylic adjustable shelves, Top has four. Additional adjustable shelves are available to further enhance the storage and organization potential in tight areas. • Durable high-quality melamine. • Locks and comes with two keys. • Units ship assembled. • Dimensions Base Cabinet: 12"W x 381⁄2"H x 221⁄2"D • Dimensions Top Cabinet: 12"W x 411⁄2"H x 221⁄2"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

D

Item No.

B 5066 C 5067 D 18568

Description

Vertical Pull-Out Storage Cabinet with Lock - Top Vertical Pull-Out Storage Cabinet with Lock - Base Adjustable Shelf for Vertical Cabinets

B

C

D

Price Each

$475.00 475.00 18.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

19


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC Easy Shelving Easy Shelving units are available in four styles to suit your supply storage and organizational needs: Single-Sided, Single-Sided with Solid Doors, Single-Sided with Doors & Windows; as well as Double-Sided. • The single-sided units have 12 shelves and the double-sided unit has 24 shelves. • Single-sided units are available with or without doors. Choose solid locking doors or locking doors with windows. • Locking doors include two keys. Each unit is keyed differently and is on a master key system. Other locking options are available by request. Contact Customer Service. • Shelves are made of durable melamine that features a 1⁄8" thick PVC strip across the front. Shelves have a 1⁄4" lip on one side and are flush on the other side so they can be mounted with either side up. • Shelves are also adjustable in 11⁄4" increments so you can select the position that works best in your setting: Back tilted up to make picking easier and provide gravity flow; Back tilted down to prevent rolling or sliding Normal level positioning. • Front shelf clips screw into the predrilled holes in the front of the shelves and makes them easy to adjust as needed. A screwdriver (included) is the only tool needed for assembly. • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak or White colors. • Outside Dimensions: Single-Sided Units: 36"W x 80"H x 13"D Double-Sided Unit: 36"W x 80"H x 24"D

A

B

C

See next page For Double-Sided Easy Shelving.

MULTIPLE LOCK OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. See page 59 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

20

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU D D

D

No need to buy two units for double-sided access.

24 shelves (12 per side)

beige

cherry

gray

maple

oak

white

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering.

A B C D

Item No.

5053 5054 5068 5051

Description

Price Each

Easy Shelving Unit Easy Shelving Unit with Locking Doors Easy Shelving Unit with Windows & Locking Doors Double-Sided Easy Shelving Unit

$495.00 625.00 865.00 825.00

th

d wi unte n o m f Shel dge dow le

ith

w ted oun p m u lf She ledge

Shelf back tilted down

Shelf front tilted up

Shelf used flat

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

21


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC Storage Bin Cabinet Choose from countless hanging bin configurations to create a storage unit perfectly suited to maximize productivity in your facility. • Make the most out of tight spaces and enjoy the neat, organized look. • Hang Super Tough Bins from the panels in the way that best suits your needs. • Beige back louvered panels are covered with powder-coated paint. • Outside Dimensions: 36"W x 80"H x 13"D • Bins sold separately. • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

A

A

Item No.

5131

Description

Storage Bin Cabinet

Price Each

$595.00

SHIPS

within 5 days!

Hanging Prescription & Wall Rack Bags sold on page 578 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

B

Prescription Bag Cabinet Maximize space and productivity with this attractive and functional storage unit. • Helps organize prescriptions and provide the most efficient customer service. • Includes four metal adjustable hanging rails. • Bags sold separately. • Outside Dimensions: 36"W x 80"H x 13"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

B

Item No.

5060

22

Description

Prescription Bag Cabinet

Price Each

$595.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU 18"W Locking Wall & Base Cabinets

A

Should cabinets hinge on the left or right? YOU decide!

SHIPS

within 5 days!

C

Compact and ideal for tight spaces. Two keys are included and each unit is keyed differently on a master key system. Other keying options are available by request. Contact Customer Service.

B

Wall Cabinets • One adjustable shelf to accommodate various sizes of supplies. • Single door; available with or without window. • Choose inset handles or overhang doors on cabinets without windows. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 18"W x 271⁄2"H x 13"D • Inside Dimensions: 161⁄2"W x 26"H x 12"D • Window Cabinet Inside Dimensions: 161⁄2"W x 25"H x 12"D

Adjustable shelves

Base Cabinet Storage Unit • Includes two adjustable shelves. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 18"W x 381⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • Inside Dimensions: 161⁄2"W x 33"H x 213⁄4"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

ices v r e S n o i Installat ilable! Ava

D

Call for more details!

beige

cherry

gray

oak

maple

white

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering.

beige

charcoal

gray

green

white

Countertop color options. Specify color when ordering.

A B C D

Item No.

5091 5063 5092 5093 5126

MULTIPLE LOCK OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE. See page 59 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

Description

Price Each

18"W Wall Cabinet with Locking Door & Inset Handle $235.00 18"W Wall Cabinet with Window and Locking Overhang Door 300.00 18"W Wall Cabinet with Locking Overhang Door 235.00 18"W Base Cabinet with Locking Door 295.00 18"W Countertop 99.00

#5093 with countertop option

Specify hinged left or hinged right when ordering #5091, 5092 and 5093.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

23


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC Shelf Trays with Dividers Easy Store - Easy Find • Increase small product storage by 30% or more and watch your productivity soar! Shelf Trays help create neat, organized work zones for quick, accurate product placement and retrieval every time. Adjustable dividers allow users to customize trays to meet their unique needs so there’s less time wasted searching for the right supplies. • Lightweight, portable trays can be used anywhere! Use them to keep small supplies segregated in cabinets, on shelving, in cart drawers and on countertops. Don’t want prefilled vials mingling with boxed meds? Just insert dividers in the desired slots and the two will stay separated for as long as you like. Ready to make a change? Just move the dividers to accommodate the new products.

A

BEFORE

AFTER

Increases storage space by 30% or more!

1. Grab the handle and pull the Shelf Tray forward.

24

2. Slide your hand under the tray and lift it up.

3. Lay the Shelf Tray on your countertop and pick the item you need.

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU • Handle grips make it easy to slide trays in and out of their assigned location and make transportation practically effortless. • Durable, Clear 3⁄16" acrylic Shelf Trays and 1⁄8" Dividers keep products visible for at-a-glance content checks. Each tray comes with two short and two long dividers. Multiple divided sections are possible with additional dividers (sold separately), which include two short and two long per set. • Small and Large Trays are available. Small tray holds up to 15 horizontal and 11 vertical dividers to create a maximum of 192 sections when fully divided; large holds up to 21 horizontal and 15 vertical dividers to create a maximum of 352 sections when fully divided. • Dimensions: Small Tray: 15"W x 13⁄4"H x 1111⁄16"D Large Tray: 15"W x 13⁄4"H x 21"D Item No.

A 18645 18646 B 18647 18648

Description

Helps prevent products from being intermixed

Price

Small Shelf Tray Additional Dividers for Small Tray Large Shelf Tray Additional Dividers for Large Tray

BEFORE

B

$40.00 7.00 50.00 8.00

AFTER

Two Large Shelf Trays fit easily in our 36" Base Cabinets.

Easy it is to find and put away products

1. Grab the handle and pull the Shelf Tray forward.

2. Slide your hand under the tray and lift it up.

3. Lay the Shelf Tray on your countertop and pick the item you need.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

25


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC C

A

Ships fully assembled, just unpack and start using!

B

For Locking Drawers, Call Customer Service!

24"W Four-Drawer & Five-Drawer Cabinets • Four and five-drawer cabinets provide ample storage space for frequently used supplies. • Cabinets can be used as stand-alone storage units or combined with other components in HCL’s cabinet inventory to create a flexible and expandable workspace. • Cabinets and drawers are made of durable, high-quality melamine. White Epoxy drawer slides allow smooth operation. • Countertop options available. • Ships fully assembled. • Overall Dimensions: Four-Drawer Cabinet: 24"W x 381⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D beige cherry gray maple Five-Drawer Cabinet: 24"W x 381⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering. colors. A B C

Item No.

5041 5042 5127

26

Description

24"W Four-Drawer Cabinet 24"W Five-Drawer Cabinet 24"W Countertop

Price Each

$595.00 640.00 110.00

beige

charcoal

gray

green

oak

white

white

Countertop color options. Specify color when ordering.

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU 24"W Vial Drawer Cabinet

A

• Cabinet with three vial drawers and removable Clear inserts maximizes efficiency in the pharmacy or lab! • Inserts can be positioned gravity fed or flat. Each vial drawer includes an insert that allows gravity feed of vials along with four short dividers. The insert can be removed to allow for flat storage. With the insert removed, four tall dividers can be placed in various locations. • Inset drawer handles and full-extension drawer slides allow smooth and easy gliding. Open drawer configuration permits easy access to items in drawers with the advantage of at-a-glance inventory checks. • Ships fully assembled. • Outside Dimensions: 24"W x 381⁄2"H x 221⁄2"D • Inside Dimensions: 221⁄2"W x 33"H x 213⁄4"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors. Item No.

A

5056

Description

24"W Vial Drawer Cabinet

Price Each

$700.00

B

Pick Station Topper • Simplify picking and sorting by setting topper on a counter or mounting to a wall and creating a well-organized workspace. • Attractive and durable four-shelf unit features 12" deep shelves that can be positioned level, back tilted up or back tilted down. • Position shelves back tilted up to make picking easier and provide gravity flow. • Position shelves back tilted down to prevent rolling or sliding. • Comes ready to assemble. • 36" Base Cabinet sold separately. • Outside Dimensions: 36"W x 401⁄4"H x 13"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

Item No.

B 5061

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Description

Pick Station Topper

Price Each

$425.00

27


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC 36"W Locking Wall & Base Cabinets Double-door locking cabinets keep supplies organized and secure. Two keys are included and each unit is keyed differently on a master key system. Other keying options are available by contacting a Customer Service Representative.

A

Wall Cabinets • One adjustable shelf to accommodate various sizes of supplies. • Doors available with or without windows. • Choose inset handles or overhang doors on cabinets without windows. Window cabinets must have overhang doors. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 36"W x 271⁄2"H x 13"D • Inside Dimensions: 341⁄2"W x 26"H x 12"D • Window Cabinet Inside Dimensions: 341⁄2"W x 25"H x 12"D

Base Cabinet • Includes two adjustable shelves. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 36"W x 381⁄2"H x 221⁄2"D • Inside Dimensions: 341⁄2"W x 33"H x 213⁄4"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

D

C

beige

charcoal

gray

green

white

Countertop color options. Specify color when ordering.

B

Opening overhang door

A

C

Adjustable shelves

Squeeze and release door latches secure doors. Item No.

A 5097 B 5065 5098 C 5099 D 5128

28

Description

Price Each

36"W Wall Cabinet with Locking Doors & Inset Handles $300.00 36"W Wall Cabinet with Windows and Locking Overhang Doors 395.00 36"W Wall Cabinet with Locking Overhang Doors 300.00 36"W Base Cabinet with Locking Doors 410.00 36"W Countertop 119.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU Locking Utility Cabinet • Cabinet extends only 83⁄4" from the wall, which makes it ideal for use in tight spaces. It also saves space on floors and countertops. • Two locking styles, Keyless Entry Digital Lock and Key Lock. Other keying options are available. Contact Customer Service. • Keyless Entry Digital Lock provides push-button access using a four-digit code. • Key Lock includes two keys. All are keyed differently and are on a master key system. • Two adjustable shelves and plastic shelf clips are included. • Assembly required. • Easy-to-clean, dent-resistant finish. Edges are PVC edge banded for a finished appearance. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 18"W x 24"H x 8"D • Inside Dimensions: 161⁄2"W x 221⁄2"H x 71⁄4"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

A

B

GREAT PATIENT ROOM CABINET!

ervices S n o i t a l Instal e! Availabl Call for more details!

beige

cherry

gray

maple

oak

Two shelves quickly and easily adjust to accommodate various sizes of supplies

white

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering. Item No.

A B

5132 5130

Description

Price Each

18"W Utility Cabinet with Keyless Entry Digital Lock 18"W Utility Cabinet with Key Lock

$240.00 165.00

Specify hinged left or right when ordering.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Ideal for treatment, exam, pre-op, supply and pharmacy areas.

29


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC

A

Locker • Lockable storage unit provides a secure place for staff to stow personal belongings. Includes two keys per lock. • Fixed shelf and coat hook provide ample space for storage. • Made of high-quality, durable materials to withstand years of daily use. • Ships in five working days or less! • Outside Dimensions: 12"W x 72"H x 13"D • Inside Dimensions: 101 ⁄2"W x 681 ⁄4"H x 121 ⁄2"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

A

Services n o i t a l l Insta e! Availabl Call for more details! 30

Item No.

Description

5057

beige

Price Each

Locker

cherry

gray

$295.00

maple

oak

white

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering.

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU Easy Shelf Kits Three stock sizes in three stock colors. • A quick, convenient way to increase storage and create display space. • Edges are PVC edge-banded for a neat appearance and protection. • Choose from 24", 36" and 48" kits. Each includes shelf, support hardware and instructions. If mounting in material other than wall studs, additional hardware is required. • Custom sizes can be ordered by contacting a Customer Service Representative. Specifications: • Shelf Dimensions (one of the widths above): 5⁄8"H x 10"D • Load Capacity Guidelines for different installation surfaces: - Brick or Concrete: 100 lb - Concrete Block: 75 lb - 1⁄2" Wall Board Screwed in Stud: 50 lb - 1⁄2" Wall Board without Stud Attachment: 30 lb • Choice of Beige shelf with Beige support, Gray shelf with White support and White shelf with White support. Specify color when ordering.

A

Melamine shelf

A One-piece shelf support

B

Item No.

5081 5082 5083

beige

cherry

Description

Price Each

24" Easy Shelf Kit 36" Easy Shelf Kit 48" Easy Shelf Kit

$50.00 55.00 60.00

gray

maple

white

oak

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering.

Folding Wall Desk • Folding design saves valuable floor space. • Durable melamine construction with piano hinge for smooth movement. • Magnetic catch holds desk in upright position when not in use. • Predrilled holes for mounting. • Work Surface Dimensions: 18"W x 14"D • Overall Outside Dimensions: 18"W x 143⁄4"H x 15⁄8"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors. Item No.

B 5062

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Description

Price Each

Folding Wall Desk

$115.00

31


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC Need More Workspace?

WOW! Look at the legs on that table!

Add an affordable and stylish table or desk in five days or less! Make your space more functional by including an attractive table in your layout! A table can provide additional workspace, meeting space and gathering space for groups of all sizes and it can be easily relocated if necessary. Our contemporary designs boast impressive, heavy-duty legs that stand up to years of hightraffic wear and tear. Talk to a Coustmer Service Representative to have a table built to your exact specifications.

Stock & Custom Countertops Our 13⁄16" laminated countertops easily adhere to our stock line of Work Surface Cabinets to give your workspace a fresh, finished look. Colored PVC edge banding protects edges and a tube of silicone is provided with each stock countertop for ease of installment.

Desk Cabinets & Desktops Contact Customer Service for custom ordering options or for more information.

Tables can be built to your specifications!

Design 1-2-3: 1) Select your com bination of desk cabinets. 2) Select your desk cabinet color: Beige, Gray, Cherry, Maple, Oak or White 3) Select your desktop color: Beige, Charcoal, Gray, Green or White. Complete your cabinet setup in minutes! Our desk cabinets and 13⁄16" laminated desktops are maintenance free and easy to clean. Edges are protected with colored 1⁄8" PVC edge banding that prevents chipping, resists moisture and seals all exposed edges. Item No.

5151 5126 5127 5128 5129

Description

Price Each

72"W x 30"D Desktop 18"W Countertop for 18"W Base Cabinet 24"W Countertop for 24"W Base Cabinet 36"W Countertop for 36"W Base Cabinet 60"W Countertop

$199.00 99.00 110.00 119.00 155.00

See next page for CABINETS & Pricing Information.

beige

charcoal

gray

green

white

Countertop color options. Specify color when ordering.

32

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLU Two-Drawer Locking File Cabinet

A

B

• Includes lockable drawers designed for hanging file folders. Two keys included per lock. • Overall Dimensions: 153⁄4"W x 281⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • File Drawer Inside Dimensions: 121⁄4"W x 10"H x 191⁄4"D

Desk Cabinet with Drawer & Door • Store bulky supplies in the bottom and smaller, frequently accessed supplies in the drawer. • Available with the door hinged left or right. • Overall Dimensions: 153⁄4"W x 281⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • Drawer Dimensions: 123⁄16"W x 31⁄4"H x 191⁄4"D • Door Compartment Dimensions: 141⁄4"W x 161⁄2"H x 211⁄4"D

Single-Door Desk Cabinet • Includes an adjustable shelf. • Available with the door hinged left or right. • Overall Dimensions: 153⁄4"W x 281⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • Inside Dimensions: 141⁄4"W x 23"H x 211⁄4"D

C

D

Three-Drawer Desk Cabinet • Organize items into three drawers to separate by use, type, access, etc. • Overall Dimensions: 153⁄4"W x 281⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • Top Drawer: 4"H Top Drawer Inside: 123⁄16"W x 31⁄4"H x 191⁄4"D Middle & Bottom Drawer: 6"H Middle & Bottom Drawer Inside: 123⁄16"W x 51⁄4"H x 191⁄4"D

beige

cherry

gray

maple

oak

white

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering. Item No.

A 5139 5141 B 5142 C 5143 5144 D 5147

Description

Price Each

Two-Drawer Locking File Cabinet Desk Cabinet with Drawer and Door, Hinged Left Desk Cabinet with Drawer and Door, Hinged Right Single-Door Desk Cabinet, Hinged Left Single-Door Desk Cabinet, Hinged Right Three-Drawer Desk Cabinet

$360.00 279.00 279.00 195.00 195.00 365.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

DON’T FORGET ABOUT OUR FREE 3D DESIGN SERVICE. If you want to see what a desk would look like in your space, provide us the dimensions of the room and we will give you a 3D image.

33


HCL

EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HCL EXCLUSIVE HC

CABINETS ON WHEELS! Reconfigure workflow as needed with HCL's line of Mobile Cabinets. Mobilize your workspace for ever-changing conditions.

INETS E CAB BLED L I B O M ! ASSEyM or less SHIP in g da s

ork in 5 w

Mobile Cabinets Adaptability in Motion

Cabinets easily roll in or out for rearranging workstations.

34

Changes in the workplace are inevitable, but smart planning can ease the burden. Our Mobile Base Cabinets make it easy to alter your space whenever you need to (especially if you’re in a temporary location). If your work methods or equipment use are modified, you won’t lose valuable time boxing up supplies and moving to a new location - you can just take your cabinets with you! Our mobile task centers make it easy to store equipment and then perform your jobs anywhere in your facility!

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Mobile Locking Base Cabinets

A

• Cabinets in three sizes make it easy to create a completely customized space with mobile components for maximum versatility. • Reconfigure, relocate or add cabinets anytime, anywhere your needs change or whenever an extra workstation is needed. • Each unit features two shelves and a lock to keep contents secure. • 18" (available with the door hinged right or left), 24" and 36". • Two locking casters on front wheels ensure cabinets stay put while in stationary mode. • Countertops are sold separately. • 18" Inside Dimensions: 161⁄2"W x 303⁄4"H x 215⁄8"D • 18" Outside Dimensions: 181⁄4"W x 381⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • 24" Inside Dimensions: 221⁄2"W x 303⁄4"H x 215⁄8"D • 24" Outside Dimensions: 241⁄4"W x 381⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • 36" Inside Dimensions: 341⁄2"W x 303⁄4"H x 215⁄8"D • 36" Outside Dimensions: 361⁄4"W x 381⁄2"H x 231⁄4"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

D

18" B

beige

cherry

gray

maple

oak

white

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering. E

beige

charcoal

gray

green

white

Countertop color options. Specify color when ordering.

A B C D E F

Item No.

5038 5039 5040 5126 5127 5128

Description

Price Each

18"W Mobile Locking Base Cabinet $360.00 24"W Mobile Locking Base Cabinet 440.00 36"W Mobile Locking Base Cabinet 480.00 18"W Countertop for 18"W Base Cabinet 99.00 24"W Countertop for 24"W Base Cabinet 110.00 36"W Countertop for 36"W Base Cabinet 119.00

24" Units come completely assembled

C

F

36"

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

35


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

B

A

ck In Sto diate

for imme ent shipm

Mobile Locking Bedside Cabinets • Perfect for any long-term care, acute care or home setting. • Available in Open Access with a top drawer and open bottom storage or Double Door with a top drawer and covered bottom storage. Includes one adjustable shelf. • Maintenance free and easy to clean with quiet, easy-roll 23⁄8" swivel casters for easy maneuverability.

• Locks include two keys. All locks are keyed differently and on a master key system. Other keying options are available by contacting Customer Service. • Ships fully assembled! • Overall Dimensions: 22"W x 29"H x 16"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors. Item No.

A 5137 B 5138

Description

Price Each

Double Door Mobile Locking Bedside Cabinet Open Access Mobile Locking Bedside Cabinet

$285.00 255.00

Rolling Locking Supply Cabinet

C

• 4" polyurethane casters, two swivel and two swivel with locking brake. • Durable high-quality melamine is resistant to scratches, impact, moisture and chemicals. • Locking door includes two keys. All locks are keyed differently and on a master key system. • Ships fully assembled. • Outside Dimensions: 321⁄4"W x 43"H x 181⁄4"D • Inside Dimensions: 281⁄2"W x 341⁄2"H x 151⁄4"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

Item No.

C 5055

36

Description

Price Each

Rolling Locking Supply Cabinet $490.00

Heavy-Duty Latch

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

Use as a mobile isolation supply station!

A

Contents Sold Separately

Mobile In-Room Service Station • Keep supplies accessible and portable and spend more time performing patient care. • Single-sided locking station features upper and lower cabinets, a pullout drawer and a work surface. • Top cabinet has two shelves; bottom has one. All shelves are stationary. • Door fully opens to allow easy access to supplies and exchange of bins or cassettes. • Upper and lower cabinets are keyed alike and include two keys per lock. Different keying options are available. • Pull-out drawer glides open smoothly. • Cart is made of durable high-quality melamine and has rounded corners on the edge-banded top and bottom. • Four 4" swivel casters. Two casters are lockable. • Ships fully assembled. • Dimensions: 241⁄4"W x 60"H x 261⁄4"D • To create a medication and supply station like the one pictured, fill the cart with (#1410) HCL Super Tough Bins and (#1352) 9-Drawer Cassettes. • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

A

Item No.

5172

Description

Mobile In-Room Service Station

Custom configurations and sizes are available in 5 working days or less! Call Customer Service for more details.

Price Each

$620.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

37


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC A

A

Custom Configurations are available. Call Customer Service for more details!

Double-sided!

Replenishment Carts • Efficiently restock rooms, dispensing cabinets and supply areas with this two-sided supply cart. • Locking doors on both sides conceal cart contents and secure supplies. Locks are keyed the same and come with two keys for each lock. • Made of durable high-quality melamine with rounded corners on the edge-banded top and bottom. • Four 4" swivel casters, two are lockable for stationary work. • One side has four adjustable shelves; other side has one stationary shelf. • Ships assembled. • Overall Dimensions: 291⁄4"W x 42"H x 241⁄4"D

Options: • #5171 Replenishment Cart with accessories includes: 16 Black bins (#1410) and two 4-unit Tilter bins (#1207). • #5170 Replenishment Cart Only. Utilize without accessories for bulk items or your own setup. • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors. Item No.

A 5171 B 5170

beige

Description

Price Each

Replenishment Cart with Accessories Replenishment Cart Only

cherry

gray

maple

oak

$800.00 620.00

white

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering.

B

beige

charcoal

gray

green

white

Countertop color options. Specify color when ordering.

38

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Double-sided! A

B B

Patient Supply Carts • Double-sided cart with smooth work surface has a smaller footprint for greater efficiency! • Made of durable high-quality melamine with rounded corners on the edge-banded top and bottom. • Locking doors on both sides conceal cart contents and secure supplies. Locks are keyed the same and come with two keys for each lock.

B

• Door fully opens to allow easy access to supplies and exchange of bins or cassettes. • Four 4" swivel casters, two lockable. • Ships fully assembled. • Overall Dimensions: 24"W x 42"H x 311⁄4"D Options: • #5174 Patient Supply Cart with accessories includes: 12 (#1410) Black HCL Super Tough bins and two (#1352) 9-drawer cassettes. • #5173 Patient Supply Cart Only. Utilize without accessories for bulk items or your own setup. • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors. A B

Item No.

5174 5173

Description

Price Each

Patient Supply Cart with Accessories $870.00 Patient Supply Cart Only 620.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

39


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Easy Exchange System Carts • Our fully customizable line of carts and accessories makes it easy to create a functional Easy Exchange System for quick, convenient product replenishment. • Virtually unlimited options to mix and match baskets and trays. • Wide, Deep and Tall Carts are available. • Wide and Tall carts hold baskets and trays width wise; Deep carts hold baskets and trays lengthwise. • Doors open fully on Wide and Deep carts, and lay against the sides of the cart to allow easy access to supplies. • Molded plastic panels allow quick exchange of trays and baskets. • Ships fully assembled. • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

A

#5035 Easy Exchange System Wide Cart Configurations Same-Sized Trays/Baskets: Option 1 (8) 2" Trays

Option 2 (4) 4" Trays or Baskets

Option 3 (3) 8" Baskets

Trays Slanted:

Option 1 (6) 2"

Option 2 (3) 4"

Mixed Configurations (Trays/Baskets): Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Option 5 (2) 2" (3) 4" (1) 2" (4) 4" (3) 2" (2) 4" (1) 8" (1) 4" (1) 2" (3) 4" (1) 8" (2) 8"

Doors fully open and latches keep the doors secure!

Molded panels

A B C

40

Item No.

5035 5036 5037

Description

Easy Exchange System Cart - Wide Easy Exchange System Cart - Deep Easy Exchange System Cart - Tall

Dimensions WxHxD

Price Each

30 x 38 x 22 22 x 38 x 30 30 x 72 x 22

$515.00 515.00 595.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu #5036 Easy Exchange System Deep Cart Configurations

B

Same-Sized Trays/Baskets: Option 1 (8) 2" Trays

Option 2 (4) 4" Trays or Baskets

Option 3 (3) 8" Baskets

Trays Slanted:

Option 1 (6) 2"

Option 2 (3) 4"

Mixed Configurations (Trays/Baskets): Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Option 5 (2) 2" (3) 4" (1) 2" (4) 4" (3) 2" (2) 4" (1) 8" (1) 4" (1) 2" (3) 4" (1) 8" (2) 8"

Baskets & trays for Easy Exchange system Carts are available. See page 87 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

See page 40 For product information & pricing.

#5037 Easy Exchange System Tall Cart Configurations

C

Same-Sized Trays/Baskets: Option 1 (20) 2" Trays

Option 2 (10) 4" Trays or Baskets

Option 3 (7) 8" Baskets

(Virtually unlimited mixed configurations, for mixing and matching and for using trays in the slanted position.)

Tray/Basket Dividers: 2" Tray 15 Divider positions on short side of tray 25 Divider positions on long side of tray 4" Tray/Basket 11 Divider positions on short side of tray 17 Divider positions on long side of tray 8" Basket 11 Divider positions on short side of tray 17 Divider positions on long side of tray

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

41


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC 24"W

Narcotic Cabinets

10"D

Single-Door Narcotic Cabinets, #3772, 3782 & 17846 • 18-gauge steel exterior. #3772 and 17846 have one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves. #3782 has one fixed shelf and one adjustable shelf. • Predrilled holes in back for mounting. • Cabinets ship via truck Choose from three locking options • #3772 has a single key lock, 3782 has two key locks. Cabinets are keyed differently with two keys per lock. We need an original key to make duplicates. • #17846 features a keyless entry digital lock for controlled access. (No audit trail is maintained.) • Outside Dimensions: 24"W x 30"H x 10"D

30"H

A

All Cabinets ship by truck!

C

B

30"H

Extra Shelf for #3772, 3782, & 17846 • Rests on any of the seven built-in clips in the sides of the cabinets. • Shelf Dimensions: 233 ⁄4"W x 81 ⁄4"D 24"W

A B C

Item No.

3772 3782 3739-01 17846

42

Description

Price Each

Narcotic Cabinet Narcotic Cabinet Extra Shelf for #3772, 3782 & 17846 Single-Door Narcotic Cabinet

$375.00 395.00 33.00 445.00

10"D

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu 12"D

Narcotic Cabinets Double-Door Narcotic Cabinets #3700 & 3762

A

24"H

• 14-gauge steel inner door and double-walled outer door with adjustable shelves. • Separate lock on each door, keyed differently with two keys per lock. • Reinforced locking plate and mounting holes. • Piano hinge prevents pin removal. • #3762 Outside Dimensions: 18"W x 24"H x 12"D Inside Dimensions: 165⁄8"W x 223⁄8"H x 101⁄8"D • #3700 Outside Dimensions: 12"W x 15"H x 8"D Inside Dimensions: 113⁄4"W x 133⁄4"H x 61⁄8"D

18"W

12"W

B

15"H

C

Extra Shelf for #3762 • Rests on any of the seven built-in clips in the sides of the cabinet. Needs no other hardware for installation.

8"D

A B C

Item No.

3762 3700 3701 3764

Description

Price Each

Narcotic Cabinet Narcotic Cabinet Extra Shelf for Narcotic Cabinet #3700 Extra Shelf for Narcotic Cabinet #3762

$580.00 458.00 27.00 29.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

43


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC A

18"W

Narcotic Cabinet, Double-Door, Double-Lock

8"D

30"H

Extra shelves are available.

• 20-gauge steel cabinet with Beige enamel finish has a double-walled outer door and a panel inner door. Both doors have a separate key lock keyed differently with two keys per lock. The original key is needed to make duplicates. • Doors are attached with full-length continuous hinges. • Comes with two adjustable shelves. Extra shelves are available. There is a 21⁄2" clearance when they are placed one on top of another. • Hang by the four predrilled holes in the backside or set on or under countertops. • Cabinet ships via truck. • Inside Dimensions (without shelves): 18"W x 281⁄2"H x 53⁄4"D • Shelf Dimensions: 173⁄4"W x 51⁄2"D Item No.

Description

Price Each

A 3886 Narcotic Cabinet, Double-Door, Double-Lock $380.00 3777 Extra Shelf for #3886 33.00

161⁄2"W

B

201⁄8"H

Narcotic Cabinet with Simplex Push Button Lock • The Simplex Lock offers a choice of 2,200 different user-set combinations. • 20-gauge steel with a Beige enamel finish and has keyhole slots for mounting. • Door is hinged on the right; includes three fixed shelves. • Inside Shelf Dimensions: 16"W x 41⁄2"D • Space between each shelf from top to bottom: between top of cabinet and shelf one - 43⁄4" between shelf one and two - 57⁄8" between shelf two and three - 41⁄2" between shelf three and the bottom of the cabinet - 41⁄2"

Item No.

5"D

44

B 3703

Description

Narcotic Cabinet with Simplex Lock

Price Each

$370.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Narcotic Cabinet • Medium-sized, double-locking cabinets help manage narcotic storage and meet regulatory compliance. • 20-gauge steel with a Beige enamel finish. • Mount by the two holes in the backside or set on or under countertops. • Two key locks are keyed differently. Two keys per lock are included. An original key is needed to make duplicates. • Shelf is stationary. • Inside Dimensions Below Shelf: 133⁄4"W x 47⁄8"H x 7"D • Inside Dimensions Above Shelf: 133⁄4"W x 5"H x 7"D

12"H

A

Item No.

Description

Price Each

A 3699 Narcotic Cabinet, $188.00 Double-Lock, Single-Door 8"D

14"W

155⁄8"H

B

Double-Door Narcotic Cabinet • 20-gauge steel with a Beige enamel finish. • Outer door is hinged on the left. Inner door is hinged on the right. • One key lock per door, keyed differently. Two keys per lock. Extra keys can be purchased through Customer Service. • Can be mounted to the wall by the two holes in the backside or can set on or under countertops. • Two shelf positions. One removable/adjustable shelf is included. • Inside Dimensions without shelf: 111⁄2"W x 151⁄16"H x 73⁄8"D Item No.

B 3775

Description

Double-Door Narcotic Cabinet

8"D Price Each

11 5⁄8"W

$320.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

45


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC B

A

Narcotic Lockers The floor of each compartment is lined with removable felt to protect the stored items.

Compartments and keys are numbered.

• Secures controlled drugs in pharmacies, emergency rooms, psychiatric wards and correctional facilities. • Compartments have a key lock with two keys. Each compartment is keyed differently. Call Customer Service for additional keys. • 14-gauge steel construction with 12-gauge steel doors. • Four predrilled keyholes on the back side for mounting to most surfaces. Holes are 1 ⁄4" Dia. • #11131 Each compartment has a 1⁄4" thick glass viewing window reinforced with wire. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 201⁄2"W x 151⁄4 "H x 13"D • Door Opening Dimensions: 81⁄2"W x 53⁄4"H • Inside Individual Compartment Dimensions: 10"W x 71⁄2"H x 12"D Item No.

A 11130 B 11131

Description

Standard Narcotic Locker Narcotic Locker w/ Windows

Price Each

$565.00 579.00

Compact Security Cabinet C

A great way to deliver narcotics to automated dispensing cabinets or mount to carts.

Item No.

• 20-gauge steel cabinet with handle stores narcotics and other medications in areas with limited space. • Two tubular locks, keyed differently, are included. Two keys are included per lock. Original key is needed to make duplicates. • Mounting holes on the top, sides and base of unit. • Outside Dimensions: 71⁄4"W x 83⁄4"H x 6"D

Description

Price Each

C 3761-01 Compact Security Cabinet, Double-Lock $191.50

46

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu A

12"D

24"W

30"W

A

Medical Storage Locking Cabinets • Heavy-duty steel with scratchresistant Beige enamel finish and Clear acrylic windows. • One fixed and one adjustable shelf. • Two holes for mounting to the wall. Choose from two locking options • Keyless entry digital lock features three programs for graduated levels of user access. (No audit trail is maintained.) • Key lock cabinets come with two keys. Each cabinet is keyed differently. Original key is needed to make duplicates. • Large Cabinet Overall Dimensions: Outside: 30"W x 30"H x 12"D Inside: 291⁄2"W x 291⁄4"H x 103⁄4"D • Small Cabinet Overall Dimensions: Outside: 24"W x 26"H x 12"D Inside: 233⁄4"W x 251⁄4"H x 103⁄4"D

A B C D

Item No.

3708 3710 17850 17851

12

"D

26"H

30"H

B

adjustable shelf B

fixed shelf

C

Description

Large Medical Storage Locking Cabinet Small Medical Storage Locking Cabinet Large Medical Storage Cabinet with Keyless Entry Digital Lock Small Medical Storage Cabinet with Keyless Entry Digital Lock

D

Price Each

$388.00 372.00 460.00 445.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

47


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Lockable Return Drug Boxes

A

• Fill with expired or discontinued patient meds for return to pharmacy. Accepts vials, syringes, ampules, unit dose packaging and more. • Anti-theft baffle will not permit hands to slip through. A key must be used to open the front door. • Thick Beige metal construction with a compact design for use in various areas including cart and automated dispensing machine drawers. • Predrilled holes in the bottom and back for mounting. Choose from two locking options • Keyless entry digital lock provides instant security and controlled access using a four-digit code. (No audit trail is maintained.) • Key lock keyed differently, two keys are included. • Dimensions: 12"W x 61⁄4"H x 53⁄16"D • Dimensions of Top Opening: 113⁄4"W x 4"H Item No.

Description

A 3783 Lockable Return Drug Box B 17847 Lockable Return Drug Box with Keyless Entry Digital Lock

Price Each

$115.00 181.00

B Foam lined bottom protects items from breakage.

Accommodates various sizes of PCAs, syringes, vials, ampules and more.

C

Lockable Return Box • Heavy-gauge Beige metal return drug box accepts vials, syringes, ampules, unit dose packaging and more. • Anti-theft baffle will not permit hands to slip through and pull medications out. • Key Lock with two keys. Each box is keyed differently. • Predrilled holes for mounting to wall or countertop. • Dimensions: 123⁄8"W x 13"H x 12"D Item No.

C 18624

48

Description

Lockable Return Box

Price Each

$195.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

A

deposit contents here

The anti-fish baffle discourages meddling fingers.

Surface Mountable Drop Box • Contents up to 81⁄2"W x 11"L are deposited through the top opening on the Beige box, which accepts key drops. An anti-fish baffle deters the removal of contents. • Key lock includes two keys. Call Customer Service for additional keys. Each box is keyed differently. • Unlock the door on the front to remove contents. • Designed to be surface mounted using the four predrilled holes. • 16-gauge steel cabinet and door with 18-gauge steel top hinged lid. • Outside Dimensions with Lid Down: 115⁄8"W x 155⁄8"H x 53⁄8"D • Dimensions of Opening: 815⁄16"W x 1⁄2"H A

Item No.

11134

Description

Surface Mountable Drop Box

Price Each

$211.00

B

C

D

Compact Storage Cabinets • Ideal for kits or small medication supply storage. • Mounting keyholes are drilled under the handle; two mounting screws are included. Can also be permanently mounted using two-sided foam tape. • Available with a key lock and two keys or a keyless entry digital lock for greater security. Cabinets can be keyed alike. Item No.

B 3877-01 C 3878-01 D 17848

• Quick access is obtained by unclamping hasp. • Outside Dimensions Including Handle: 7"W x 81⁄4"H x 4"D • Inside Dimensions: 7"W x 7"H x 4"D

Description

Price Each

Compact Storage Cabinet with security seal eyelets Compact Storage Cabinet with lock and two keys Compact Storage Cabinet with Keyless Entry Digital Lock

$46.80 53.70 115.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

49


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

Security Drop Box • Deposit medications, keys, blood samples and labwork through the 12" front opening. A mailboxtype baffle deters the removal of contents. • 18-gauge steel with a Beige enamel finish. • Mount to the wall by the four holes in the backside or set on or under countertops. • Two key locks are keyed differently. Two keys per lock are included. Original key is needed to make duplicates.

A

A

Item No.

3769

Description

Security Drop Box

⁄21" 17"W

14

Key can be removed in the unlocked position of the top drop portion.

W

20"H

Double locks available. Call Customer Service!

Price Each

$369.00

OR GREAT F PATIENT ROOMS

Easy-View Locking Wall Cabinets • Durable White plastic cabinet with Clear plastic door allows quick visual check of supply levels and contents. • Predrilled holes for quick mounting.

B

C

Choose from two locking options • Electronic lock provides instant security and keyless access using four-digit code. • Key lock includes two keys. • Outside Dimensions: 153⁄4"W x 181⁄4"H x 5"D • Inside Dimensions of the Top and Bottom Compartments: 83⁄4"W x 57⁄8"H x 45⁄8"D Item No.

Description

Price Each

B 3786 Easy-View Locking Wall Cabinet $114.00 C 17849 Easy-View Locking Wall Cabinet with Keyless Entry Digital Lock 184.00

50

Door opens wide for convenient access.

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Keyless Room Cabinet • Electronic, push-button lock is easy to program and change as necessary. Access code combination can be three to eight numbers. • Security and Power status is indicated by LEDs with buzzer feedback for each operation. • Two keys are supplied to open the cabinet in the event of battery failure. • Four AA batteries are included and required to operate the keypad. • Predrilled holes for mounting to wall, floor or countertop. Four mounting bolts are included. • Overall Dimensions: 133 ⁄4"W x 97 ⁄8"H x 97 ⁄8"D

A

Item No.

3787

Description

Keyless Room Cabinet

A

Price Each

$75.00

Manual Override Key!

Electronic Security Box with Handle & Locking Brackets • A portable solution for securing patient medication and valuables. • Black handle-style box is easy to transport. • Lid opens easily with a secure, fulllength piano hinge. • Inner compartment is foam lined for added protection to contents. B • Electronic lock keypad eliminates the need for keys. Uses a three to eight digit access code to unlock box. • If the knob is not turned within five seconds after entering the access code, the box will automatically revert to the locked position. • Features a manual override key function in case of battery failure. Two keys are included. • Four AA batteries are included to operate the electronic keypad.

B C

Item No.

18337 18338

Description

Electronic Security Box with Countertop Bracket Electronic Security Box with Wall Mount Bracket

C

• Lockable mounting options available for improved security and storage! White, 16-gauge powder-coated steel brackets are available in Countertop or Wall mount styles. • When the box is secure in the bracket, the user must have the key to unlock the bracket. • Electronic Security Box Dimensions: 127⁄8"L x 101⁄8"W x 5"H • Countertop Bracket Dimensions: 13"L x 101⁄2"W x 71⁄2"H • Wall Bracket Dimensions: 13"L x 101⁄2"W x 151⁄2"H Price Each

$166.00 186.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

51


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC A

Isolation Cabinet • Neatly stow protective isolation apparel in this wall-mount storage cabinet! Ideal for mounting to the wall outside isolation rooms and other critical care areas. • Keep the proper supplies stored in a close, consistent location! Durable cabinet includes a triple glove box holder to hold multiple glove sizes. A face mask dispenser is attached to the back of the door and can hold two boxes of face masks or masks stored loosely. The lower portion of the cabinet creates a secure pocket for folded gowns. • Locking door secures contents. Cabinet comes with a standard key lock and two keys. All locks are keyed differently and on a master key system. Other lock options are available. Contact a Customer Service Representative for information. • Ships assembled. • Overall Dimensions: 20"W x 36"H x 61⁄2"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

A

Item No.

Description

5043

beige

Isolation Cabinet

cherry

gray

maple

Price Each

$299.00

oak

white

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering.

52

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu A

B

C

Nurse Servers • Locking Nurse Server mounts to the wall for quick and convenient access to patient treatment supplies and medications. • Eliminates wasted trips to supply rooms, which reduces caregiver fatigue and allows more time for patient care. • Includes four Clear acrylic tilt-out trays (one large and three medium) to accommodate med/surg supplies. Three removable dividers included per tray. • Built-in lock box is keyed differently for segregated storage of medications or patient valuables. The Nurse Server can be accessed, but the built-in lock box requires a separate set of keys. When the box is open, it provides a small fold down work surface. • Three locking options available: Key Lock, Dial Combination Lock (3-digit) and Digital Keypad Lock. • The Digital Keypad Lock is battery powered with four AAA batteries (included) for the keypad lock and a CR2032 coin battery (included) for the transmitter pad. A low battery indicator on the transmitter pad alerts staff when approximately 1,000 cycles remain. Programmable for supervisor and user codes. No audit trail. • Overall Dimensions: 15"W x 28"H x 9"D Interior Lock Box Dimensions: 131⁄2"W x 63⁄4"H x 61⁄4"D Medium Tray Inside Dimensions: 131⁄8"W 35⁄8"H x 31⁄4"D Large Tray Inside Dimensions: 131⁄8"W x 45⁄8"H x 31⁄4"D • Choose from Beige, Cherry, Gray, Maple, Oak and White colors.

A B C

Item No.

5044 5045 5046

Description

Nurse Server w/Key Lock Nurse Server w/Dial Combination Lock Nurse Server w/Digital Keypad Lock

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Price Each

$255.00 265.00 395.00

53


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Wall Mount Service Stations

A

Eliminate lengthy trips to retrieve or replenish supplies! • Hang in a hallway or in a patient’s room and provide safe, reliable, accessible patient medication and supply storage and keep nursing staff close by. • Digital Lock provides convenience and security. Uses two AA batteries (included) and has a key override feature for use during battery failure or power outage. • Available with or without interior lock box, which provides additional space for secure storage. Uses a key (separate from digital lock override key) and can be used to store patient valuables or drug products. Each interior locking box is keyed differently and two keys are included. • #18632 has four medium and two large Clear acrylic tilt out trays. Each tray has three removable dividers. • #18633 has three medium trays and one large Clear acrylic tilt out tray and an interior locking box. Each tray has three removable dividers. • Dry erase board on inside of door allows nurse or pharmacist to communicate important information. • ADA and HIPPA compliant! Extends only 4" from the wall so it does not interfere with hallway traffic. Solid door prevents items labeled with patient information from being seen. • Station is made of White PVC plastic; door and back wall are made of White ABS plastic. • Four predrilled mounting holes. • Medium Tray Dimensions: 131⁄8"W x 35⁄8"H x 31⁄4"D • Large Tray Dimensions: 131⁄8"W x 45⁄8"H x 31⁄4"D • Interior Lock Box Dimensions: 131⁄2"W x 71⁄4"H x 37⁄16"D • Inside Overall Dimensions: 15"W x 30"H x 33⁄4"D • Outside Overall Dimensions: 18"W x 343⁄4"H x 4"D

A

Extends only 4" from the wall!

B

B

rd se boa Dry era l for idea g nicatin m co mu nt info! importa

Easy to replace batteries!

Tilting trays make it easy to retrieve supplies! Item No.

A 18632 B 18633

54

Description

Wall Mount Service Station Wall Mount Service Station w/Lock Box

Price Each

$385.00 395.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Folding Wall Table • Mounts to any wall to maximize available workspace. Extends 23⁄4" from the wall when folded. • A slight lip on the surface of this White PVC/PS table prevents small items from falling off easily. • Table is attached to a heavy-duty aluminum frame, which ensures stability and support. • Work Surface Dimensions: 15"W x 113⁄4"D • Overall Outside Dimensions: 17"W x 3⁄4"H x 13"D Item No.

A 18519

Description

Folding Wall Table

B

Secure with a security seal!

A Price Each

$159.00

Quick Access Resuscitation Bag & Tubing Holder • This unique box allows a resuscitation bag and tubing to be wall mounted at various locations for quick and easy access (doesn't include ambu bag and tubing). • A predrilled pair of holes accepts a pull-style, easy-breaking seal to provide tamper indication and proof of use. • Clear acrylic plastic permits easy view of contents. • Door design includes a molded handle for easy access. • Overall Dimensions: 713⁄16"W x 151⁄2"H x 43⁄8"D

Item No.

B 18531

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Description

Quick Access Resuscitation

Price Each

$49.00

55


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

B A

D C

Lock & Locate™ Boxes Never Again Lose an Expensive Drug When It Is Delivered! Lock the drug in a small or large Lock & Locate Box, deliver it and lock it into the secured receiving base. • The box easily slides into the receiving base and locks in place. The box can only be removed by pharmacy-authorized personnel with a key or the combination to the lock. • The pharmacy has now locked the drug in a specific location. Lock & Locate. • If the drug is reported missing, immediately check with the person on the unit who is authorized to have the key or combination to the box. • Easily install the receiving base without tools to countertops, shelves, cart tops or wall mount. Clean the surface before attaching the base, then simply pull off the powerful tape backing and press down. • Receiving base can also be attached with screws, bolts, mollies or lags if that is preferred. Contact Customer Service to order the appropriate base for the preferred fastener. • Lock & Locate Boxes can also be custom made to lock into one specific base and no other. Locking a specific box to a specific base ensures the box is Locked and Located in the correct location. To order location-specific boxes and bases, contact Customer Service. (All components are sold separately.)

C

Receiving Base

D

Wall Mount

Item No.

A 18670 18671 B 18672 C 18673 D 18674 E 18675 F 18676 18677 G 18678 H 18679

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

Lock & Locate Small Box w/Key Lock Lock & Locate Small Box w/Keyless Entry Digital Lock Lock & Locate Small Box w/Dial Combination Lock Receiving Base for Small Box Wall Mount for Small Box Lock & Locate Large Box w/Key Lock Lock & Locate Large Box w/Keyless Entry Digital Lock Lock & Locate Large Box w/Dial Combination Lock Receiving Base for Large Box Wall Mount for Large Box

$68.00 150.00 75.00 35.00 15.00 75.00 155.00 80.00 40.00 17.00

$64.60 142.50 71.25 33.25 14.25 71.25 147.25 76.00 38.00 16.15

$61.20 135.00 67.50 31.50 13.50 67.50 139.50 72.00 36.00 15.30

• Dimensions: Small Box: 63⁄4"W x 3"H x 21⁄2"D Large Box: 11"W x 3"H x 21⁄2"D Receiving Base for Small Box: 81⁄2"W x 11⁄16"H x 31⁄2"D Receiving Base for Large Box: 123⁄4"W x 11⁄16"H x 31⁄2"D Small Wall Mount: 87⁄8"W x 43⁄16"H x 313⁄16"D Large Wall Mount: 131⁄8"W x 43⁄16"H x 313⁄16"D

Lock & Locate™ is a trademark of Health Care Logistics Inc.

56

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

E

G F

H G

Receiving Base

Wall Mount

I can Lock & Locate my chicken and know he's safe every night

1. Clean surface and peel the protective backing from the Receiving Base.

2. Place the Receiving Base in the Wall Mount or on countertop, cart top or shelves.

3. Press firmly for several seconds to attach the Receiving Base.

4. Slide Box onto the Receiving Base.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

5. To remove the box must be unlocked, pull up of the white button in the middle of the locking box.

57


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

A

C

B

Locking Wall Boxes • Clear locking wall-mount storage boxes keep critical medications and loose supplies visible and secure in a consistent location. • Choose from Key Lock (two keys included), Dial Combination Lock or Keyless Entry Digital Lock, which uses a four-digit code and offers immediate access control with three levels of user admittance (no audit trail). • 1⁄8" thick acrylic plastic boxes have predrilled mounting holes. • Dimensions: Small Locking Wall Box: 63⁄4"W x 31⁄4"H x 27⁄8"D Large Locking Wall Box: 11"W x 31⁄4"H x 27⁄8"D A B

C

Item No.

18552 18553 18554 18555 18556 18557

Description

Price Each

Small Locking Wall Box with Key Lock Small Locking Wall Box with Dial Combination Lock Small Locking Wall Box with Keyless Entry Digital Lock Large Locking Wall Box with Key Lock Large Locking Wall Box with Dial Combination Lock Large Locking Wall Box with Keyless Entry Digital Lock

Full-Size and Half-Size “Fast Entry” Security Boxes

D

E

Also good for CPR masks, tubing and other first response supplies.

Item No.

• Convenient for OR, ICU or Labor and Delivery to secure emergency drugs for quick access. • Close with security seals only. Break seals for instant access. • Half-size box holds vials and similar size meds or supplies. • Clear acrylic material with predrilled mounting holes makes it easy to view contents. • Full-Size Security Box Outside Dimensions: 83⁄8"W x 27⁄8"H x 41⁄2"D • Half-size Box Outside Dimensions: 45⁄16"W x 27⁄8"H x 41⁄2"D Description

D 3751-01 “Fast Entry" Security Box E 3753 Half-Size “Fast Entry” Security Box

58

$45.00 55.00 100.00 55.00 65.00 110.00

Price Each

$59.00 39.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu A

B

Half-Size Quick View Locking Wall Boxes • Clear acrylic plastic lockable box allows contents to remain visible for quick identification. • Mounts to wall using predrilled mounting holes. • Available with key lock or dial combination lock. • Dimensions: 45⁄16"W x 27⁄8"H x 41⁄2"D

C

D

Quick View Locking Wall Boxes • Clear locking storage box keeps contents visible for quick identification. • Wall-mounted 3⁄16" acrylic lock box provides a consistent location to store medication and loose supplies for fast retrieval. • Available with key lock or dial combination lock. • Outside Dimensions: 83⁄8"W x 27⁄8"H x 41⁄2"D

A B C D

Item No.

18550 18551 18564 18565

Description

Half-Size Quick View Locking Wall Box with Key Lock Half-Size Quick View Locking Wall Box with Dial Combination Lock Quick View Locking Box with Key Lock Quick View Locking Box with Dial Combination Lock

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Price Each

$45.00 50.00 65.00 70.00

59


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

A

B

A

B

A

B

Both sizes are stackable!

Stackable Locking Refrigerator Cassettes • Stackable, individually locking refrigerator cassettes keep temperature-sensitive meds organized and secure. • Three-drawer and five-drawer styles are available in Clear and White frames. Specify color when ordering. Each drawer has a key lock and is keyed differently. • Both styles stack interchangeably.

A B

Item No.

18538 18539

60

• Overall Dimensions: Three-Drawer Cassette: 175⁄8"W x 315⁄16"H x 113⁄16"D Bins for Three-Drawer Cassettes: 53⁄16"W x 3"H x 109⁄16"D Five-Drawer Cassette: 175⁄8"W x 315⁄16"H x 113⁄16"D Bins for Five-Drawer Cassettes: 33⁄16"W x 3"H x 109⁄16"D

Description

1-4

3-Drawer Stackable Locking Refrigerator Cassette 5-Drawer Stackable Locking Refrigerator Cassette

$115.00 129.00

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$109.25 122.55

$103.50 116.10

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu B

D A C

Cassettes with Locking Drawers/Bins • Each Cassette includes a master key and two keys per lock. Each Drawer/Bin can be keyed differently, or can be keyed in groups. • Individual Gray drawers can be locked so each medical professional has access to their own drawer/bin. • Outside Dimensions: 17"W x 11"H x 11"D Item No.

A 1357 B 1359 1250 C 1252 1253MC D 3750-01

Description

1-4

Cassette with 15 Locking Drawers/Bins. Drawers measure 33⁄16"W x 3"H $265.00 Cassette with 9 Locking Drawers/Bins. Drawers measure 53⁄16"W x 3"H 215.00 Locking Drawer/Bin Kit for Patient Bin #1315 or Cassette #1350 19.40 Locking Drawer/Bin Kit for Patient Bin #1320 or Cassette #1352 19.90 Extra Master Key 9.50 Stainless Steel Locking Bin Holder 86.30

Great for organizing multiple Patient Bins. Patient Bins available. See page 46 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

For extra keys contact our Customer Service!

Price Each 5-9

10 +

18.43 18.91

17.46 17.91

81.99

77.67

E

Wire Bin Holder • Will accommodate (12) #1323 6"W Patient Bins or (24) #1321 3"W Patient Bins. • Steel frame has a White powder-coated finish. • Bin Labels are available. Call for more information. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 26"W x 95 ⁄8"H x 91 ⁄2"D Item No.

E 1348-01

F

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

Wire Bin Holder

$66.40

$63.08

$59.76

Storage/Exchange Center • Makes a convenient exchange center where used supply boxes are exchanged with replenished boxes. • Includes five large dent-proof plastic utility boxes with snap-lock latches and handles. Each box includes 16 removable dividers. • Trays are fully extendable. • Interlocking grooves allow secure stacking! • Available with standard utility boxes or boxes predrilled to accept security seals. • Outside Dimensions: 151⁄4"W x 16"H x 143⁄4"D • Utility Box Dimensions: 14"W x 2"H x 9"D F

Item No.

Description

17242 Storage/Exchange Center w/ Security Utility Boxes

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Price Each

$164.40

61


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

B A

Easy-to-grab removable dividers.

Shown with dividers and envelopes (not included).

Use with McKesson Robot Rx System.

Robot Envelope Transfer Tote • Allows secure transfer of robot medication envelopes. • Insert up to nine removable dividers to keep envelopes upright so labels are easy to read, pick and scan.

Item No.

A 5223 B 5224

Dimensions LxWxH

Description

Robot Envelope Transfer Tote with Lid Divider Set for Robot Envelope Transfer Tote, 9 per set

Processing & Organizing Tray

• Snap-on lid can be secured with security seals. • White tote and lid are made of high-impact recycled polystyrene. • Clear acrylic dividers are available nine per set. Dividers are not included with tote.

30 x 137⁄8 x 101⁄4

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

$95.00 $90.25 $85.50 47.00

44.65

Snap-on lid can be secured with security seals. See pages 242-273 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

42.30

C

• Helps eliminate processing errors by keeping necessary components grouped, organized and ready for use. • Available in White, Clear, Yellow, Blue, Red and Green. Specify color when ordering. • Trays include two short and one long divider (Clear). • Dimensions: 101⁄2"L x 67⁄8"W x 21⁄2"H Item No.

C 17557

62

Description

Dimensions LxWxH

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

Processing & Organizing Tray

101⁄2 x 67⁄8 x 21⁄2

$8.80

$8.36

$7.92

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Stainless Steel Tray • Multipurpose Stainless Steel tray can be used as a processing tray, supply organizing tray or a pass-through tray to the cleanroom. Also ideal for the lab and other areas where multiple items are required for certain tasks. • Trays with easy-grip handles nest when empty.

A

Great for use in a cleanroom!

Item No.

Dimensions LxHxD

Description

1-4

A 18665 Stainless Steel Tray 1415⁄16 x 21⁄4 x 93⁄16 $39.95

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$37.95

$35.96

For organizing supplies.

B

Corrugated Box with Dividers • Use for organizing supplies. • Disposable White heavy-duty recyclable corrugated box with dividers (2 long, 3 short) offer an economical solution. • Write directly on boxes or apply labels for easy content identification. • Packaged in a set of 10 (10 Boxes, 10 sets of Dividers). • Dimensions: 213⁄4"W x 21⁄2"H x 151⁄4"D

Description

1-4

Price per Package 5-9

10 +

Corrugated Box w/Dividers

$60.00

$57.00

$54.00

Item No.

B 18596

Easy to Assemble!

1

2

3

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

4

63


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC 3 compartments 5 compartments A

A

Personalized labels can be made for your boxes. See pages 615-621 of our wPiper Catalog.

Carry meds for treatments, patient procedures, med passes, exchanges and use for many other storage possibilities.

Medical Supply Box • Two cantilever trays accommodate various types and sizes of supplies. Top tray has three compartments; bottom tray has five. • Handle folds flat for stacking. • Double-latch lid protects against accidental opening. • Built-in security eye accepts security seals and small padlocks. • Made of durable polypropylene plastic. • Available in Blue, Green, White and Yellow. Specify color when ordering. Description

Overall Outside Dimensions WxHxD

1-4

Medical Supply Box

175⁄8 x 101⁄4 x 83⁄4

$54.50

Item No.

A 17265

Box has a molded security seal eyelet. See pages 242-273 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog for security seals.

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$51.78 $49.05

Economy Emergency Box

B

• Orange and White box has two cantilever trays with multiple size permanent compartments and removable dividers. • Handle folds flat for stacking. • Security Seal Eyelets. • Made of durable polypropylene plastic.

B

B

Item No.

1781

Description

Economy Emergency Box with Security Seal Eyelets

Overall Outside Dimensions LxWxH

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

14 x 71⁄2 x 71⁄2

$28.00

$26.60

$25.20

Tray for #1824 Trunk-Style Large Emergency Box C

Item No.

C 1838-01

64

Description

Tray for #1824 Large Medical Box

Price Each

$31.10

• White styrene tray with handle fits in top section of HCL’s Large Emergency Box for additional storage. • Outside Dimensions: Trunk-Style Large 241⁄2"W x 23⁄8"H x 115⁄8"D Emergency Box available. • Inside Dimensions: See page 158 of 231⁄4"W x 21⁄4"H x 111⁄4"D

our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Med/Surg Boxes

A

• Assortment of supply boxes are available with and without security eyelets. • A padlock or security seal can be inserted in the eyelets to make them tamper-evident. • Boxes come in a variety of colors.

B

Boxes have molded, attached or drilled security seal eyelets for a security seal. See our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog seals.

C

Can be secured with a

Security Seal or Padlock

Lift-out trays keep smaller items organized and can be removed for transporting supplies.

A B C D

Item No.

1372 1113 18631 18630

custom labeling available for your boxes. See our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

D

Description

Security Seal Eyelet

Colors

Outside Dimensions WxHxD

12" Med Box (No tray) 13" Med Box (With tray) Two Latch 20" Med Box (With lift out tray) 17" Med Box (With lift out tray)

yes yes yes yes

blue, clear, red blue, red red red

12 x 4 x 6 13 x 6 x 51⁄2 20 x 93⁄4 x 93⁄4 17 x 81⁄2 x 81⁄2

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

1-4

$13.20 10.20 30.00 25.00

Price Each 5-9

$12.54 9.69 28.50 23.75

10 +

$11.88 9.18 27.00 22.50

65


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

Pediatrics Label

C

A

D

Pharmacy Dept. Label

B

Emergency Box Label

Rapid Sequence Induction Label

Pharmacy, Emergency, Pediatrics & Rapid Sequence Induction Labels • Use to quickly identify boxes, carts and other items.

Item No.

A B C D

2389 2388-01 2390 18334

Dimensions WxH

Description

Pharmacy Dept Label Emergency Box Label Pediatrics Label Rapid Sequence Induction Label

63⁄16 63⁄16 63⁄16 63⁄16

x x x x

21⁄4 21⁄4 21⁄4 21⁄4

Price Each

$3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00

F G

E

Briefcase Drug Boxes • Made of heavy-duty, dent-proof plastic that resists common odors and solvents. • See-through lids assure quick identification of contents. • Available with or without security seal eyelets and dividers. Item No.

E 1821 F 1832 G 1831

66

Boxes are an excellent way to customize drug and supply kits for exchanges, emergency room and ambulance use.

Description

Briefcase Drug Box with 15 removable dividers. Customize with 9 to 24 compartments. Briefcase Drug Box, no dividers Large Briefcase Drug Box with 24 removable dividers and 7 permanent. Customize with 8 to 32 compartments.

Security Seal Eyelet

Outside Dimensions WxHxD

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

yes

15 x 21⁄2 x 113⁄4

$29.90

$28.41

$26.91

yes yes

15 x 21⁄2 x 113⁄4 181⁄2 x 3 x 13

28.50 39.50

27.08 37.53

25.65 35.55

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu B

A

Specimen Tote Bags • Totes are available in Red and Blue. Specify color when • Insulated polyester tote with Red biohazard patch and ordering. shoulder strap includes a cold pack for temperaturesensitive specimens. • #10210 has an exterior open pocket Overall Dimensions Price Each 10211 has an exterior dual-zippered Item No. Description W x H x D 1 4 5-9 10 + pocket. A 10210 Small Specimen Tote Bag 63⁄8 x 71⁄2 x 6 $33.60 $31.92 $30.24 B 10211 Large Specimen Tote Bag 10 x 10 x 6 51.80 49.21 46.62 Mylar® is a registered trademark of Dupont Fejjin Films.

Insulated Med Bag • Insulated bag with Red biohazard patch and shoulder strap includes a removable cold pack. • Secure zipper with a security seal. • The soft-sided bag is made of 600 denier polyester woven material with PVC backing and is insulated with 1⁄4" flexible highdensity, polyethylene foam. The interior is 70 denier nylon taffeta. • Interior is divided by a Velcro® partition. • Available in Blue only.

C

Loop security seal through the eye of the zipper and the metal ring at the end of the zipper track.

Item No.

Description

Overall Outside Dimensions WxHxD

Inside Dimensions WxHxD

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

C 8241-01

Insulated Med Bag

103⁄4 x 8 x 81⁄4

101⁄2 x 71⁄2 x 71⁄2

$34.00

$32.30

$30.60

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

67


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

B

A

Anesthesia Packs

Item No.

A 17229 B 17228

Description

Outside Dimensions WxHxD

Black Anesthesia Pack Royal Blue Anesthesia Pack

81⁄2 x 51⁄2 x 3 8 x 43⁄4 x 31⁄4

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$48.00 $45.60 $43.20 59.00 56.05 53.10

• Foam-padded sides make the pack comfortable to wear. • Use a security seal through both zipper pulls to protect contents. • Adjustable nylon straps open and close with a quick-release buckle. • Custom silk screening is available upon request for an additional charge.

Medical Supply Bag • Three dual-zippered compartments help keep supplies separated while four smaller interior pockets provide organization. • Waterproof nylon! Outside material is 600 Denier Polyester woven with PVC backing for water resistance. • Hand wash and line dry. Disinfect inside and out with diluted bleach (0.525%). • Hard bottoms with feet provide support and prevent sliding. • Available in Blue.

C

C

Item No.

Description

Outside Dimensions WxHxD

10212

Medical Supply Bag

16 x 11 x 9

68

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$99.00 $94.05 $89.10

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Mobile Work Station • Fold the sturdy White PVC/PS table up when you need a work surface; fold it down when you’re done. A lip on the table’s edge prevents small items from rolling off. • Bin Holder holds six #1405 Clear bins. • Outside Bin Dimensions: 53⁄8"L x 41⁄8"W x 3"H. • Rolling five-leg base has two locking casters to provide a steady work surface when necessary. • Assembly required. • Tabletop Dimensions: 13"L x 17"W x 3⁄4"H • 30 lb. table weight limit. • Dimensions: Stand is 553⁄4"H. Base Dia. is 261⁄2". A

Item No.

18520

Description

Mobile Work Station

Price Each

$269.00

A

Table in down position.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

69


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

A

A

Complete Phlebotomy Workstation on Wheels

Phlebotomy Workstation on Wheels

B

Adjustable for various tray sizes.

Height Adjustable

Basic Phlebotomy Workstation on Wheels

70

• Lightweight and easy to maneuver in and out of patient rooms and hallways. • Includes a five-leg base with 4" casters (two locking), center column and stainless steel top. Top is spring height adjustable using a hand lever and allows the workstation to be used while seated or standing. • Tray support is adjustable. Angled document holder keeps paperwork organized. • Two hand holes assist with maneuverability. • Available in two models, Basic and Complete. • #17760 Complete model comes fully accessorized with accessory block, 1 qt. sharps container and hanger, wire glove box holder, 6-bin Tilter unit with non-spill bar, Rota-Rack Tube Rack™ and specimen caddy. • #17761 Basic model is a build-your-own cart with any combination of accessories. Accessories include 1 qt. sharps container and hanger, wire glove box holder, 6-bin Tilter unit with non-spill bar, Rota-Rack Tube Rack™ and specimen caddy. Accessory block is required for adding accessories to the Basic model. • Easy assembly - no tools required. • Cart Dimensions: Overall Shortest Height: 311⁄2" Overall Tallest Height: 411⁄2" Base: 23" Dia.

A B

Item No.

17760 17761

Description

Complete Phlebotomy Workstation Basic Phlebotomy Workstation

Price Each

$970.00 568.00

Rota-Rack™ is a trademark of Heathrow Scientific.

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

B A

Height Adjustable

Medication PalWOW

Economy PalWOW

Medication PalWOW • Transport medications, laptop and scanner into patient rooms for bedside barcode scanning. • Includes the Complete PalWOW plus cassette hanger, #1343 Locking Cassette frame, (4) 1322 41⁄2"W Patient Bins and (6) 1321 3"W Patient Bins.

Item No.

A B

5630 5640

Description

Price Each

Medication PalWOW Economy PalWOW

$1,035.00 309.00

Economy PalWOW— Workstation on Wheels Functional and Affordable! • Includes a Black five-leg base and casters, center column and work surface perfect for laptops and other equipment. • Compact enough to fit through doors and hallways. • A lever beneath the work surface adjusts height and allows the workstation to be used while seated or standing. • Easy to assemble. • Quiet high-performance casters; includes two locking. • Work Top Dimensions: 231⁄2"W x 231⁄2"D • Height: Shortest 32"; Tallest 42" • Base: 23" Dia.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

71


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Supply Transfer Carts

A

• Corrosion-proof mobile transfer cart has a durable anodized aluminum frame with 3⁄16" Red HDPE (high-density polyethylene) plastic panels. • Keyless entry digital lock keeps contents safe. (No audit trail.) • Cart features four 4" swivel casters, two locking. • Assembly required. • Overall weight of empty cart is 60 lb • Available with either three Clear divider boxes or three melamine shelves. • Clear divider boxes are durable and dividable on 11⁄4" centers. • Extra divider boxes (#1715) are available. Call your Customer Service Representative for more infomation. • Overall Cart Dimensions (floor to top of cart): 203⁄8"W x 451⁄2"H x 25"D • Divider Box Dimensions: Outside Dimensions: 223⁄8"L x 173⁄8"W x 8"H Inside Dimensions: 197⁄8"L x 147⁄8"W x 77⁄16"H

B

Custom Configurations and Colors available, call Customer Service for more details.

Other digital lock options are available.

Item No.

Description

Price Each

A 17981 Supply Transfer Cart with 3 Divider Boxes $1,029.00 B 17982 Supply Transfer Cart with 3 Shelves 1,029.00

72

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

A

B

Metal Crash Carts

External Lock Bar can be secured with security seals. C

The IV Pole can be easily adjusted to different heights by loosening the black knob and sliding the pole up or down.

• 3 and 5-drawer metal carts with lock bars to secure drawers. • Pegboard sides to hang accessories. • Two rigid, two swivel plastic casters. Swivel casters have brakes. • Carts ship fully assembled. • Both Carts’ Overall Outside Dimensions: 34"W x 341⁄8"H x 20"D • 3-Drawer Inside Drawer Dimensions: (1) 22"W x 11⁄2"H x 163⁄4"D (2 & 3) 22"W x 4"H x 163⁄4"D Open Bottom Space Dimensions: 22"W x 111⁄2"H x 163⁄4"D • 5-Drawer Inside Drawer Dimensions: (1) 221⁄4"W x 11⁄2"H x 163⁄4"D (2 & 3) 221⁄4"W x 3"H x 163⁄4"D (4 & 5) 221⁄4"W x 61⁄4"H x 163⁄4"D

Ambu Bag Holder • Attaches directly to a cart, cabinet or wall. • Secure with a security seal by threading it through the eyelet on the holder and through the D-ring on the adjustable nylon strap. • Phillips screwdriver and four screws are included. • Dimensions of the plate: 101⁄2"W x 81⁄4"H

D

Item No.

A 5291 B 5292 5391

Description

Metal Crash Cart, 3-drawer Metal Crash Cart, 5-drawer Metal Crash Cart, 3-drawer with Cardiac Compression Board & IV Pole accessories C 5392 Metal Crash cart, 5-drawer with Cardiac Compression Board & IV Pole accessories D 3076-01 Ambu Bag Holder

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Price

$380.00 415.00 615.00 645.00 40.00

73


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

Full-Size HCL Boxes 1 Box - 3 lid options A

B

Dividers not included.

#1816 Full-Size Box with Clear Slide-In Lid

#1850 Full-Size Box with Amber Slide-In Lid

C

#1817 Full-Size Box with Clear Lift-Off Lid • Enhanced durability • Made of impact-resistant, polystyrene plastic that withstands abuse over time. • Accepts Slide-In or Lift-Off Lids • Better handle for easy gripping • Additional dividing options

D

#1814 Full-Size Box Only

74

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

Lids & Dividers for Full-Size HCL Boxes E

F

#1852 Full-Size Amber Slide-In Lid Only

#1815 Full-Size Clear Slide-In Lid Only

G

See pages 76 for product information & pricing.

#1819 Full-Size Clear Lift-Off Lid Only

I

H

#1101 Clear Dividers for HCL Full-Size Crash Cart Box 1 Short, 4 Medium & 3 Long (Creates up to 24 Total Compartments)

#1106 Additional Clear Dividers 1 Short, 2 Medium & 2 Long (Creates up to 54 Total Compartments with #1101)

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

75


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Full-Size HCL Crash Cart Boxes & Dividers (continued) • Full-Size Boxes are available with two styles of lids: SlideIn Lids, which are more durable, but not as easy to remove in a code procedure and Lift-Off Lids, which are easier to remove in a code procedure but are not as durable. • Clear or Amber Slide-In Lids or Clear Lift-Off Lids are available. Amber Lids are made of a plastic that meets USP specifications for light resistance. • If you are using boxes without lids, we have a full selection of crash cart box security bags on pages 234-235 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog. • Security holes allow the boxes and lids to be secured with HCL Pull Tight Security Seals. • Use precut, ready-to-use dividers to maximize organization and accessibility of supplies. They interlock for a secure fit. • HCL’s Crash Cart Boxes are adaptable and fit most carts. • Full-Size Box Outside Dimensions: 213⁄4"W x 27⁄8"H x 151⁄4"D

See pages 74-75 for Boxes, Lids & Dividers.

WOW! I never realized I could use these boxes in so many different ways! Description

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

Full-Size Crash Cart Box with Clear Slide-In Lid Full-Size Crash Cart Box with Amber Slide-In Lid Full-Size Crash Cart Box with Clear Lift-Off Lid Full-Size Crash Cart Box Only Full-Size Clear Slide-In Lid Only Full-Size Amber Slide-In Lid Only Full-Size Clear Lift-Off Lid Only Clear Dividers for HCL Full-Size Crash Cart Box, 1 short, 4 medium, 3 long per set (Creates up to 24 Total Compartments) Additional Clear Dividers for HCL Full-Size Crash Cart Box, 1 short, 2 medium, 2 long per set (Creates up to 54 Total Compartments when used with #1101)

$61.10 69.30 56.90 52.80 16.60 25.90 8.30 16.60

$58.05 65.84 54.06 50.16 15.77 24.61 7.89 15.77

$54.99 62.37 51.21 47.52 14.94 23.31 7.47 14.94

11.40

10.83

10.26

Item No.

A B C D E F G H

1816 1850 1817 1814 1815 1852 1819 1101

I

1106

Disposable Crash Cart Box • Use as a Disposable Crash Cart Box. • Disposable White heavy-duty recyclable corrugated boxes with dividers (2 long, 3 short) offer an economical solution. • Write directly on boxes or apply labels for easy content identification. • Packaged in a set of 10 (10 Boxes, 10 sets of Dividers). • Use HCL’s Full Size Security Bags to deter tampering of contents. • Dimensions: 213⁄4"W x 21⁄2"H x 151⁄4"D

J

Item No.

J 18596

Description

Price per Package 1-4 5-9 10 +

Corrugated Box w/Dividers

$60.00 $57.00 $54.00

Easy to Assemble! 1

76

2

3

4

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu HCL Full-Size Colored Crash Cart Boxes with Built-In Handle • Built-in handle allows boxes to be accessed easily in cart or carried to and from supply areas or alternate care sites. • Boxes and dividers are available in colors for coding by department, medication, age group, supplies, floors, units, etc. • Amber or Clear Slide-In Lids are available with the boxes or individually for later lid conversion. • Dividers are sold separately. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 213⁄4"W x 25⁄8"H x 151⁄4"D • Foam Dimensions: 191⁄2"W x 1"H x 13"D

Check out our full line of Security Seals on pages 242-273 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

C

A

D B

E

Protect fragile items and line inside of boxes with our precut foam inserts.

Use a different color box in each drawer of your cart to easily identify by supply type, age, use, department, etc. Example: Pharmacy Meds - Blue Central Supply - Green Pharmacy IVs - Red

Item No.

Built-in handle

Description

1-4

A 1847* Full-Size Colored Crash Cart Box with $44.00 Built-In Handle and Clear Slide-In Lid B 1888* Full-Size Colored Crash Cart Box with 53.00 Built-In Handle and Amber Slide-In Lid C 1867* Full-Size Colored Crash Cart Box with 32.90 Built-In Handle Box Only 1868 Clear Slide-In Lid Only 18.70 1869 Amber Slide-In Lid Only 24.60 D 1886* Divider Set, 3 long, 4 short per set 25.90 E 3041 Foam for HCL Full-Size 8.20 Colored Crash Cart Box

Price 5-9

10 +

$41.80

$39.60

50.35

47.70

31.26

29.61

17.77 23.37 24.61 7.79

16.83 22.14 23.31 7.38

* Specify color when ordering.

Blue

Green

Light Blue

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Red

White

Yellow

77


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

B A

C

D

E

Half-Size HCL Crash Cart Boxes & Dividers • Half-Size Crash Cart Boxes are available with two styles of lids: Slide-In Lids, which are more durable, but not as easy to remove in a code procedure, and Lift-Off Lids, which are easier to remove in a code procedure but are not as durable. • Clear or Amber Slide-In Lids or Clear Lift-Off Lids are available. Amber Lids are made of a plastic that meets USP specifications for light resistance. • Boxes are available with handles or they can be purchased separately (#1879-01).

Security Bags for Half Size Boxes See page 235 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

• Protect contents with security seals passed through holes on boxes. • Precut, ready-to-use dividers are available in Clear and White. They interlock for a secure fit. • Outside Dimensions: 105⁄8"W x 25⁄8"H x 151⁄2"D • Inside Dimensions: 91⁄4"W x 27⁄16"H x 121⁄2"D shortest (middle) 133⁄4"L longest (front right and left side)

F

Item No.

A B

C D E F

78

3011 3011H 1854-01 1854H-01 3020 3020H 3012 1856-01 3000 3013 3007 3001 1102 1879-01

Description

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

Half-Size Crash Cart Box with Clear Slide-In Lid Half-Size Crash Cart Box with Handle and Clear Slide-In Lid Half-Size Crash Cart Box with Amber Slide-In Lid Half-Size Crash Cart Box with Handle and Amber Slide-In Lid Half-Size Box Only for Slide-In Lid Half-Size Box Only for Slide-In Lid with Handle Half-Size Clear Slide-In Lid Only Half-Size Amber Slide-In Lid Only Half-Size Crash Cart Box with Clear Lift-Off Lid Half-Size Box only for Lift-Off Lid Half-Size Clear Lift-Off Lid Only White Dividers for HCL Half-Size Crash Cart Box, 2 long, 3 short per set Clear Dividers for HCL Half-Size Crash Cart Box, 2 long, 3 short per set Handle Only

$58.90 69.60 61.00 73.60 44.50 56.50 15.20 25.30 52.80 45.20 6.40 14.90 15.50 2.40

$55.96 66.12 57.95 69.92 42.28 53.68 14.44 24.04 50.16 42.94 6.08 14.16 14.73 2.28

$53.01 62.64 54.90 66.24 40.05 50.85 13.68 22.77 47.52 40.68 5.76 13.41 13.95 2.16

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu HCL Half-Size Colored Crash Cart Boxes with Built-In Handle

A

• Built-in handle allows boxes to be accessed easily in cart or carried to and from supply areas or alternate care sites. • Boxes and dividers are available in color for coding by department, medication, age group, supplies, floors, units, etc. • Amber or Clear Slide-In Lids are available with the boxes or individually for later lid conversion. • Holes on boxes and lids allow security seals to be used for control and documentation. • Dividers are sold separately. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 105⁄8"W x 25⁄8"H x 151⁄2"D Use a different color box in each drawer of your cart to easily identify by supply type, age, use, department, etc.

Examples: Pharmacy Meds - Blue Central Supply - Green Pharmacy IVs - Red

Box can al es used a so be ss procedpecialty trays o ure r kits!

Item No.

Description

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

3130*

Half-Size Colored Crash Cart Box with Built-In Handle and Clear Slide-In Lid Half-Size Colored Crash Cart Box with Built-In Handle and Amber Slide-In Lid Half-Size Colored Crash Cart Box with Built-In Handle Box Only Clear Slide-In Lid Only Amber Slide-In Lid Only Divider Set, 2 long, 3 short per set

$45.00

$42.75

$40.50

48.00

45.60

43.20

32.00

30.40

28.80

14.90 17.20 13.50

14.16 16.34 12.83

13.41 15.48 12.15

3132* A 3131* 3133 3134 B 3135*

B

Built-in handle allows easy carrying and access to and from cart drawer.

*Specify color when ordering.

Blue

Green

Light Blue

Red

White

Yellow

Don’t forget we can custom cut foam for your drawers, boxes, trays and more. See pages 232-233 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

79


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

C

D

A

B

HCL One-Third Size Colored Crash Cart Box with Built-In Handle • This dividable condensed box has a built-in handle that allows it to be accessed easily in cart or carried to and from supply areas or alternate care sites. • Three side-by-side boxes are the equivalent of a Full-Size crash cart box! Instead of opening one Full-Size box where all supplies are accessible, use the one-third size to provide control. • Amber or Clear Slide-In Lid is available with the box or individually. • Holes on boxes and lids allow security seals to be used for control and documentation. • Dividers are sold separately. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 71⁄4"W x 25⁄8"H x 151⁄2"D

D

Use different color boxes in each drawer of your cart to color-code. Examples: Pharmacy Meds - Blue Central Supply - Green Pharmacy IVs - Red

Boxes are great for kits!

Full-Size

3 - One Third Size

When you need more storage compartments consider the One-Third Size Box! Three One-Third Size boxes with dividers side-by-side create a total of 36 compartments.

Item No.

A 3154* B 3155* C 3150* 3151 3152 D 3153

Description

Secure lid and apply high alert labeling to create a high alert medication or insulin storage box.

1-4

One-Third Size Colored Crash Cart Box $30.50 with Built-In Handle and Clear Slide-In Lid One-Third Size Colored Crash Cart Box 32.00 with Built-In Handle and Amber Slide-In Lid One-Third Size Colored Crash Cart Box 22.00 with Built-In Handle Box Only Clear Slide-In Lid Only 9.00 Amber Slide-In Lid Only 10.70 Clear Divider Set, 1 long, 5 short per set 11.30

Price 5-9

10 +

$28.98

$27.45

30.40

28.80

20.90

19.80

8.55 10.17 10.74

8.10 9.63 10.17

*Specify color of box when ordering. Built-in handle allows easy carrying and access to and from cart drawer. Lid can be secured with security seals to control access and provide tamper indication.

80

Blue

Green

Light Blue

Red

White

Yellow

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

E C

B A

D

HCL Crash Cart Boxes for the Herman Miller® Crash Cart • Available in 2"H and 43⁄4"H to fit the two drawer sizes of the Herman Miller (emergency) Crash Cart. • Boxes save time when they are prefilled and used as exchange boxes. • Available with or without Lift-Off Lids or Slide-In Lids. The acrylic Slide-In Lids are available in Clear or Amber. The Lift-Off Lid is available in Clear. The Amber lids protect light-sensitive supplies. Lids fit both shallow and deep boxes. • Customize with Clear Acrylic Dividers. Attach a self adhesive pocket to hold drug/supply expiration • Shallow Box Outside Dimensions: information, contents, etc. 183⁄8"W x 2"H x 131⁄4"D • Deep Box Outside Dimensions: 183⁄8"W x 43⁄4"H x 131⁄4"D Use the deep boxes in several other types of carts!

Item No.

A B C D

E

3079 3214 3207 3077 3215 3204 3078 3216 3208 3087 3218 3209 3086 3219

Description

Shallow Box w/Clear Lift-Off Lid Shallow Box w/Clear Slide-In Lid Shallow Box w/Amber Slide-In Lid Shallow Box for Lift-Off Lid Shallow Box for Slide-In Lid Clear Acrylic Divider Set for Shallow Crash Cart Boxes, 3 long, 4 short Clear Lift-Off Lid Clear Slide-In Lid Amber Slide-In Lid Deep Box w/Clear Lift-Off Lid Deep Box w/Clear Slide-In Lid Deep Box w/Amber Slide-In Lid Deep Box for Lift-Off Lid Deep Box for Slide-In Lid

1-4

$57.00 71.20 80.40 50.60 52.10 24.30 9.80 31.70 42.60 70.70 89.50 102.20 62.30 65.40

Price 5-9

10 +

$54.15 $51.30 67.64 64.08 76.38 72.36 48.07 45.54 49.50 46.89 23.09 21.87 9.31 30.12 40.47 67.17 85.03 97.09 59.19 62.13

8.82 28.53 38.34 63.63 80.55 91.98 56.07 58.86

Herman Miller® is a registered trademark of Herman Miller Inc.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

81


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

D

E

Use in the Metro® crash carts on pages 214-215 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

F

B A

C

HCL Crash Cart Boxes for Metro® Lifeline™ Crash Cart • Designed to fit the 3"H and 6"H Metro Lifeline Crash Cart drawers. • Available with Clear or Amber Slide-In Lids. Lids also available individually. • Notched areas make boxes easy to insert and remove from cart compartments. • Security seals can be used on the boxes and lids for inventory control and to identify tampering. • Dividers and foam are available to customize your crash cart boxes. See pages 83 for Dividers & pages 85-87 for Foam. • Shallow Box Outside Dimensions: 19"W x 21⁄2"H x 15"D • Deep Box Outside Dimensions: 191⁄4"W x 51⁄2"H x 15"D

C

Item No.

F

Also use the deep boxes in other types of carts!

Description

1-4

A 1873-01 Shallow Crash Cart Box with Clear Slide-In Lid $72.50 B 1873H-01 Shallow Crash Cart Box with Clear Slide-In Lid 85.10 and Handle C 1874-01 Shallow Crash Cart Box with Amber Slide-In Lid 78.60 1874H-01 Shallow Crash Cart Box with Amber Slide-In Lid 90.50 and Handle 1870-01 Shallow Box Only 62.20 75.00 1870H-01 Shallow Crash Cart Box only with Handle D 1876-01 Deep Crash Cart Box with Clear Slide-In Lid 87.80 1876H-01 Deep Crash Cart Box with Clear Slide-In Lid 99.50 and Handle E 1877-01 Deep Crash Cart Box with Amber Slide-In Lid 91.50 1877H-01 Deep Crash Cart Box with Amber Slide-In Lid 103.20 and Handle 1875-01 Deep Box only 77.40 1872-01 Clear Slide-In Lid only 19.00 1871-01 Amber Slide-In Lid only 30.50 F 1879-01 Handle Only 2.40

Price 5-9

10 +

$68.88 80.85

$65.25 76.59

74.67 85.98

70.74 81.45

59.09 71.25 83.41 94.53

55.98 67.50 79.02 89.55

86.93 98.04

82.35 92.88

73.53 18.05 28.98 2.28

69.66 17.10 27.45 2.16

Metro® is a registered trademark of Inter Metro Industries. Lifeline™ is a trademark of Inter Metro Industries.

82

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Dividers for HCL Crash Cart Boxes for Metro® Lifeline™ Crash Cart

B

• Organize the shallow 17⁄8"H and deep 51⁄8"H crash cart boxes for the Metro Lifeline Cart. • Create custom compartments to accommodate various size supplies. • Includes three long and four short dividers. Two of the short dividers are cut to fit in the center of the boxes where there is a notched area.

A

D C

Create custom compartments!

Item No.

A B C D

1104 1105 1880 1881

Description

Shallow Clear Divider Set - 3 long, 4 short Deep Clear Divider Set - 3 long, 4 short Shallow White Divider Set - 3 long, 4 short Deep White Divider Set - 3 long, 4 short

1-4

Price per Set 5-9

10 +

$27.40 50.40 17.60 20.30

$26.03 47.88 16.72 19.29

$24.66 45.36 15.84 18.27

Metro® is a registered trademark of Inter Metro Industries. Lifeline™ is a trademark of Inter Metro Industries.

Security Bags that fit HCL Crash Cart Boxes for Metro Lifeline Cart Boxes 1870-01 1872-01 1873-01 1874-01 1875-01

}

}

Security Bags #7505, 7506, 7509, 7510, 7512, 7515 #1714

Boxes 3056

Security Bags

3057 3068

#7503

3069 3210 3211

See Security Bags on pages 88-89. Crash cart bags are a great alternative to using lids. Easy-to-tear perforations allow quick access to supplies. See pages 88-89.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

83


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

B C

A

E F

D

C

Use in the Metro® crash carts on pages 214-215 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

A

Item No.

A 3056 3057 3058 B 3069 3068 3067 C 3210 3202 D 3211 E 3212 3203 F 1103*

Description

Budget Top Metro Crash Cart Box w/ Lift-Off Lid Budget Top Metro Crash Cart Box Only Budget Clear Lift-Off Lid Only HCL Crash Cart Top Box with Clear Lift-Off Lid HCL Crash Cart Top Box Only (Lift-Off Lid Style) Clear Lift-Off Lid Only for HCL Crash Cart Box HCL Crash Cart Box with Clear Slide-In Lid HCL Crash Cart Box with Amber Slide-In Lid HCL Crash Cart Box Only for (Slide-In Lid Style) Clear Slide-In Lid Only for HCL Crash Cart Box Amber Slide-In Lid Only for HCL Crash Cart Box Clear Acrylic Divider Set for HCL Crash Cart Box Cart Top Compartment, 3 long, 4 short

* #1103 cannot be used with the 3056 Budget Top Metro Crash Cart Box.

84

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

$32.30 $30.69 $29.07 26.90 7.60 41.00

25.56 7.22 38.95

24.21 6.84 36.90

35.50

33.73

31.95

9.30

8.84

8.37

50.50

47.98

45.45

66.70

63.37

60.03

35.50

33.73

31.95

22.30

21.19

20.07

42.00

39.90

37.80

26.50

25.18

23.85

HCL Crash Cart Boxes for Metro® Lifeline™ Crash Cart Top Compartment • Boxes fit in the recessed compartment on the top of the Metro® Lifeline™ Crash Cart. • Notched areas make boxes easy to insert and remove from cart compartments. The boxes are also available with metal handles. • Available with or without a Clear or Amber Slide-In Lid or a Clear Lift-Off Lid. The lids have holes for security seals to keep contents secure. The Amber lid protects light sensitive supplies. • Boxes are made of White polystyrene plastic. Slide-In Lids are made of acrylic plastic and Lift-Off Lids of Clear flexible PVC plastic. • Outside Dimensions: 153⁄16"W x 31⁄4"H x 15"D Budget Box • An affordable way to keep supplies organized or to implement an exchange system. • Lift-Off Lid can be secured with tamperresistant Clear tape. • Outside Dimensions: 153⁄16"W x 31⁄4"H x 15"D

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Foam Inserts for Crash Cart Boxes • Available to customize crash cart boxes and to pad fragile items. • Foam Dimensions for HCL Full-Size Crash Cart Box: 201⁄4"W x 1"H x 14"D • Foam Dimensions for HCL Half-Size Crash Cart Box: 91⁄4"W x 1"H x 141⁄2"D

A

“Pinch & Pull” Foam Grid Pad

B

• Create customized foam padding by pulling out the prescored 1⁄2" cubes until the desired area is exposed. • #1926-01 Dimensions: 16"W x 11⁄4"H x 121⁄8"D • #1975-01 Dimensions: 16"W x 2"H x 121⁄8"D

Use in the boxes on pages 74-80.

C

C

Item No.

A B C D

3002 3003 1926-01 1975-01

Description

1-4

Foam for HCL Full-Size Crash Cart Box $8.20 Foam for HCL Half-Size Crash Cart Box 7.60 24.60 “Pinch & Pull” Foam Grid Pad, 11⁄4"H “Pinch & Pull” Foam, Grid Pad, 2"H 26.50

D

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$7.79 7.22 23.37 25.18

$7.38 6.84 22.14 23.85

E

Economy Crash Cart Tray with Foam • Easy-grasp handle allows quick access. • Blue polyurethane 1" thick foam (#1922) pads contents and is attached with two-sided tape for stability. Foam provides padding for fragile items or can be cut to customize your drawer. • White polystyrene tray can be cleaned with soap and water. Foam is not washable and should be replaced when soiled. • Tray Dimensions: 221⁄4"W x 21⁄2"H x 163⁄4"D • Foam Dimensions: 221⁄4"W x 1"H x 163⁄4"D Item No.

E 1829 F 1922

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

Economy Crash Cart Tray with Foam $26.70 $25.37 Crash Cart Drawer Foam 9.00 8.55

Add soft padding to protect fragile items. Custom slots can be cut to your specifications. F

10 +

$24.03 8.10

Foam is a solid piece and does not have any cutouts.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

85


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Custom FOAM Custom Cut Foam

Gray

Blue

Foam is available in Blue and Gray. Specify color when ordering.

• Customize transport boxes, med kits, crash carts, trays, drawers and more so contents are organized and easy to identify. • Protects items from possible breakage. • Send us your layout and we’ll cut the foam to your specifications. • Most orders ship in five working days from approval of final layout drawing. • Different die shapes available: - Triangles for ampules - Circles for vials - Squares and rectangles for boxes - Other “Special Shapes”*

• There is a $20.00 design charge to create the template. We will send you a final template proof for approval of layout prior to cutting the foam. * “Special Shapes” may require an additional one-time charge for a custom cutting die.

Ordering custom cut foam is easy!

Easy Ordering of Custom Cut Foam (#HCL6999) 1. Select the size foam: • Cost is based on cubic inch. ____ length x ___ width x ___ height = ____ cubic inches x $0.10 = _________ Foam Cost 2. Decide on the shapes to be cut: • circles, triangles, squares, rectangles, special shapes* • number of shapes to be cut _______ x $0.15 = ______________ Cutting Charge 3. Cost:

$20.00 _________ + ____________ = ___________ x ___________ = ___________ + ____________________

= $ _____________

Foam Cost + Cutting Charge = Cost Each x

=

Before:

Quantity

= Subtotal

+ Template/Design Charge

Final Cost

AFTER:

Custom cut foam keeps products neat and protects supplies. Let our custom design team create a specialized solution for you. Vials, ampules, etc. organized in custom foam so they are protected from breakage and can be quickly identified.

86

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Custom FOAM OVERLAYS Overlays for Custom Cut Foam • Optional Lexan® overlays with labels are available for Custom Cut Foam. • Can be cut to the same specifications as the foam and labeled to identify the contents. • The labels are printed on the underside of the overlay to allow easy cleaning without affecting print quality. Standard two-color label is included in the price of the overlay. Ink colors are Black, Blue, Green, Red, Yellow and White. Other colors may also be available. Call Customer Service for more information. Please specify color choices when ordering. • The cost of each overlay includes the option of two colors at no extra charge. Any additional colors are $0.60/color/ overlay.

Example of an overlay made in two individual pieces because it is designed larger than 113⁄4"W.

Easy Ordering of Optional Overlays for Custom Cut Foam (#HCL6990) Cost is based on square inch. 1. _______ length x _________ width x $0.10 = ______________ Cost of Lexan® 2. Number of shapes ___________ x $0.15 = $___________ Cost of holes cut out 3. COST: ______________ + ______________ x _____________ = Cost of Lexan® Cost of holes cut out Quantity

$ ______________ Final Cost

Great way to prevent errors! Maximum width for an individual piece is 113⁄4". If an overlay needs to be larger than 113⁄4", it will be made in two sections. We recommend having overlays applied to foam using our Pressure Sensitive Application tape. We do this at no additional cost. The tape keeps the overlay in position on the foam and connects pieces.

Lexan® is a registered trademark of General Electric.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

87


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

Crash Cart Box Security Bags • Tamper-evident bags protect crash cart box contents and keep exchange boxes secure. • In code situations, bags open easily and quickly by tearing at the highlighted perforations. • Security Bags are available in Clear, Blue, Red, Amber, preprinted Amber and with Red and Blue borders. • 20 bags per package.

B A

“H” perfs

write-on block area

highlighted perforations

C

E

#7505 has “H” perforations that allow the bag to be fully opened while the box is still in the cart drawer.

D

Easy to use! Insert a filled box into a bag. Pull off the paper backing on the end of the bag to expose adhesive strips. Seal by folding over the edge of the bag.

E

Specify color when ordering.

G

Great for Crash Cart and Anesthesia Boxes.

F H

88

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

I

J

Ask for a free bag sample!

L

K

M

N

write-on block area

Two full-size Amber crash cart bags are preprinted with White letters that state ATTENTION: ADULT ONLY or ATTENTION: PEDIATRIC ONLY.

Item No.

A B C

7517 7515 7512

D

7505

E

7568

F G H

7510 7509 7503

I J

7500 1714

K

7502

L

7506

M 7534 7535

N

Description

Dimensions LxW

1-4

Security Bag fits HCL Half-Size CCB 22 x 14 $13.20 Security Bag fits HCL Full-Size CCB 29 x 20 18.40 Security Bag fits HCL Full-Size CCB, 29 x 20 24.20 one center perf only Security Bag w/Highlighted “H” 29 x 20 18.40 Perfs fits HCL Full-Size CCB Security Bag fits HCL Full-Size CCB 29 x 20 18.30 Red or Blue Security Bag with Red Border 29 x 20 25.30 Security Bag with Blue Border 29 x 20 25.30 Security Bag fits Top Metro 211⁄2 x 20 21.60 Lifeline CCB Security Bag fits Blue Bell CCB 181⁄2 x 151⁄2 27.90 Security Bag fits Waterloo CCB 31 x 211⁄2 29.50 & Deep CCB for Metro Lifeline Cart Amber Security Bag fits HCL 22 x 14 13.20 Half-Size CCB Amber Security Bag fits HCL 29 x 20 18.40 Full-Size CCB Attn: Pediatric Only Amber Security 29 x 20 18.40 Bag fits HCL Full-Size CCB Attn: Adult Only Amber Security 29 x 20 18.40 Bag fits HCL Full-Size CCB

Price per 20 5-9

10 +

$12.54 17.48 22.99

$11.88 16.56 21.78

17.48

16.56

17.39

16.47

24.04 24.04 20.52

22.77 22.77 19.44

26.51 28.03

25.11 26.55

12.54

11.88

17.48

16.56

17.48

16.56

17.48

16.56

The #7512 (C) bag has one center perforation. To open the bag, tear at the center perforation. perf

The #7515 (B) bag has two perforations, one in the center and one on the end.

®

Metro is a registered trademark of Inter Metro Industries Corp. Lifeline™ is a trademark of Inter Metro Industries Corp. ® Blue Bell is a registered trademark of Blue Bell Bio-Medical. ® Waterloo is a registered trademark of Waterloo Healthcare.

Specify Blue or Red when ordering the #7568.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

89


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Clips & Strips • An economical means to organize drawers, trays, bins or any work area. • Each White clip holds two plastic strips, which can be cut with scissors to your specifications. • Clips are bendable with tools to achieve the angles desired. • Available in 2"H and 4"H. • Available in a multi-piece set (includes eight clips and six strips) or in individual pieces. C B

A

Item No.

A 1807 1801 B 1809 1803 C 1812 5240

Description

Clips & Strips Set, 8 clips, 6 strips, 2"H x 211⁄4"L Clips & Strips Set, 8 clips, 6 strips, 4"H x 211⁄4"L Divider Strip Only, 2"H Divider Strip Only, 4"H Divider Clip Only Tape Measure, 60"

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

$29.00 $27.55 $26.10 30.00 28.50 2.30 3.60 2.60 3.70

2.19 3.42 2.47 3.52

27.00 2.07 3.24 2.34 3.33

Clips & Strips can be used to custom organize any drawer, box, tote, etc.

90

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Heavy-Duty Clips & Strips • Configure any drawer by cutting the strips to the desired size. • These thicker strips provide more durability than our standard clips and strips. Clips fit tightly on strips and will not slip. • Cut using the cutting template and the retractable knife (both sold separately). • Available 2"H or 4"H.

1

4

6

Item No.

A 1853-01 1855-01 1857-01 1858-01 1851-01 B 1859-01

Measure the space in your crash cart drawer.

Using your retractable knife, score the strip four times along the straight edge of your template.

2

3

After measuring your crash cart drawer, measure a strip and mark it where you want to cut it.

5

7

Position the strips after cutting them to the desired length.

Description

1-4

Price 5-9

Slide the bottom edge of your cutting template against your strip. You can also use the 45˚ side of your template.

Position your hands on either side of the score and press down with firm pressure to break the strip.

8

Slide the clips onto the edge of the strips by pushing the open end of the clip onto the strip.

Use the same steps to design the rest of your drawer to meet your specific needs.

10 +

Heavy-Duty Clips & Strips Set $31.70 $30.12 $28.53 8 clips, 6 strips 211⁄4"L x 1⁄8"W x 2"H Heavy-Duty Clips & Strips Set 36.90 35.06 33.21 8 clips, 6 strips 211⁄4"L x 1⁄8"W x 4"H Heavy-Duty Divider Strip Only 2.40 2.28 2.16 211⁄4"L x 1⁄8"W x 2"H Heavy-Duty Divider Strip Only 4.10 3.90 3.69 211⁄4"L x 1⁄8"W x 4"H Heavy-Duty Divider Clip Only 2.90 2.76 2.61 Cutting Template for Heavy-Duty Strips 5.70 5.42 5.13

A

B

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

91


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

C

A E

B

Can be custom printed! See page 271-273.

D

The ring keeps the seals in consecutive order.

Spring-Lok® Consecutively Numbered Padlock Seals on a Ring • Keep numbered seals in consecutive order and readily available. • Hang on a belt loop or inside a narcotic cabinet or other location. • Seals hang on the ring by a small eyelet. To remove a seal from the ring, just twist slightly. • 100 consecutively numbered seals on a ring. Item No.

A B C D E

7914R 7910R 7906R 7903R 7912R 7901R

Description

Numbered Numbered Numbered Numbered Numbered Numbered

Padlock Padlock Padlock Padlock Padlock Padlock

Seals Seals Seals Seals Seals Seals

Color

on on on on on on

a a a a a a

1-4

Ring purple $25.90 Ring white 25.90 Ring blue 25.90 Ring yellow 25.90 Ring green 25.90 Ring red 25.90

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

$24.61 24.61 24.61 24.61 24.61 24.61

$23.31 23.31 23.31 23.31 23.31 23.31

Syringe Seals F

Item No.

F 8001

92

Description

Syringe Seal

Material

Paper

Price per Package

$39.10

• Non-sterile seals can be used on all types of syringes, vials, boxes, otic/ophthalmic containers, etc. • Molds easily to the syringe cap or sheath and wrinkle and tear when removed. • White paper seal is imprinted with “DO NOT USE IF SEAL IS BROKEN” • 1,000 seals per roll • Dimensions: 31⁄2"L x 1⁄2"W

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu CUSTOM PRINTED Custom Printed SEALS Your Way Right Away!® Get a variety of seals with the text, numbering or logo you want quickly. Since the minimum order is only one package of 100, hundreds of seals are not leftover to occupy valuable storage space.

Order seals with your own text, numbering or logo!

• Custom Printed Seals with facility and department names show ownership, accountability and help prevent mistakes. They also provide an effective means to communicate caution. • Seals with consecutive numbers help document supply use and provide addition-al security by controlling access to supplies. • One or two color printing is available. The printing process is done using heat so the text and numbers will not wear away and cannot be scratched off. • Four ink colors are available: Black, Dark Blue, Red and White. • Low minimum order! Order just one package of 100 seals. • Short lead time! Depending on the order lead times range between 5-10 days.

Custom Printed Security Seals. Low Minimum order (1 package of 100) Short lead time See pages 268-273 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog for more details & pricing information

How can printed seals help coworkers? Seals printed with a specific message can alert others to return a cart, box, kit, etc., to the pharmacy or central supply for restock, to take specific action or to communicate caution.

Color Out When a crash cart is stocked and ready for use, seal the cart with a custom printed seal with facility name and/ or consecutive number to track and account for supplies in the cart.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Color In After the cart has been opened and needs to be restocked, use a different color printed seal with a message such as ‘Return To RX’ or ‘Restock’ to secure the cart for transport back to the pharmacy or appropriate department.

93


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

I A

H P C F

G D

K N E M

O

L

Mounting bracket and thumb screws NO TOOLS REQUIRED

Easy Mount Deluxe Locking Refrigerator Boxes A

S 2 STEPhe red

erve t er 1) Obs the cov e v o m 2) Re

• Durable PETG construction means boxes are tougher than acrylic and have superior impact qualities for years of everyday use. • Improved clarity for better view of contents and less wasted time searching for supplies. • Roll stop lip prevents contents from rolling beyond the edge of the box. • No tools required for assembly. Because there are no obtrusive mounting fixtures, the boxes take virtually no space away from the shelf above. • Double-sided tape is included for mounting to glass shelves. • Compact Easy Mount Refrigerator Box Dimensions: 81⁄8"W x 31⁄2"H x 413⁄16"D • Easy Mount Refrigerator Box Dimensions: 153⁄16"W x 31⁄2"H x 75⁄8"D

Accessories

F

C

• Removable tray for quick, easy access. • Dividers to sort and organize supplies. (5 per set.) • Covers in single row, half or full sizes to secure and protect contents. • Red single-row covers raise awareness for high alert drugs.

MEDICATION SAFETY! Draw attention to high alert insulins or other medications. The red cover makes that section stand out from the rest.

94

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

J

B

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R

Item No.

17508 17526 17698 17699 17700 17795 17701 17702 17524 17525 17703 17704 17705 17796 17706 17707 17844 17845

Two lock options! Keyless entry and key lock.

R

Q

Description

Price

Compact Easy Mount Deluxe Single-Locking Refrigerator Box Compact Easy Mount Deluxe Double-Locking Refrigerator Box Tray for Compact Easy Mount Deluxe Locking Refrigerator Box Divider Set for Compact Tray/pkg 5 Single Row Cover for Compact Tray - Clear Single Row Cover for Compact Tray - Red Half Cover for Compact Tray - Clear Full Cover for Compact Tray - Clear Easy Mount Deluxe Single-Locking Refrigerator Box Easy Mount Deluxe Double-Locking Refrigerator Box Tray for Easy Mount Deluxe Locking Refrigerator Box Divider Set for Easy Mount Deluxe Locking Refrigerator Box Single Row Cover for Easy Mount Deluxe Tray - Clear Single Row Cover for Easy Mount Deluxe Tray - Red Half Cover for Easy Mount Deluxe Tray - Clear Full Cover for Easy Mount Deluxe Tray - Clear Compact Easy Mount Refrigerator Box with Keyless Entry Digital Lock Easy Mount Deluxe Refrigerator Box with Keyless Entry Digital Lock

$70.00 77.00 10.40 3.60 4.10 4.10 8.30 16.60 88.00 98.00 23.30 5.00 5.20 5.70 19.10 35.20 139.00 159.00

A great way to organize and secure medications

Thumb screws cannot be removed unless box is unlocked and open.

to EASY  ! T MOUN Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

95


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Refrigerator Shelf or Box Locking System

Secure Wire Refrigerator Shelf

Secure Glass Refrigerator Shelf

1

• Wire cable connects two adhesivebacked pads which are made from a sturdy, White polycarbonate material. Designed to secure refrigerator shelf or box to the refrigerator to prevent removal. Shelf or box can only be removed when A the wire is cut. • To secure the wire refrigerator shelf, attach one pad to the refrigerator wall, loop the second pad and cable through the refrigerator shelf and secure to the same wall. • To secure a glass refrigerator shelf, attach one pad to the wall of the refrigerator and the other pad to either the top or bottom of the glass shelf. • To secure a refrigerator box, attach one pad to the refrigerator wall and the other pad to the side of the refrigerator box. • Cable can be custom sized to desired length. Contact Customer Service for details. • Dimensions: Cable: 51⁄2"L, Pads: 3"L x 2"W

Item No.

Description

1-4

A 18629 Refrigerator Shelf or Box Locking System $22.00

2

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$20.90

$19.80

3

Secure Refrigerator Box

Shallow Acrylic Locking Refrigerator Storage Boxes

B

• Ideal for storing six to eight 60mL PCA syringes in compact refrigerators. • Lock and two keys or a combination lock. Keyed differently on a master system. • Includes self-locking nuts and 3⁄4" bolts that cannot be removed unless the unit itself is unlocked and open. Also includes adjustable metal mounting brackets and two-sided tape. • Outside Box Dimensions: 12"W x 31⁄4"H x 13"D • Drawer Outside Dimensions: 111⁄4"W x 19⁄16"H x 115⁄8"D

Acrylic Boxes can be custom made to fit your needs. Call Customer Service for details. Item No.

B 3722 C

96

C 3754

Description

Price Each

Shallow Acrylic Locking Refrigerator Box $103.00 with key lock Shallow Acrylic Locking Refrigerator Box 119.00 with combination lock

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Locking Refrigerator Boxes, Tilting & Non-Tilting • Clear acrylic locking refrigerator box organizes and secures temperature-sensitive medication. • Available in three locking styles: Key Lock, Keyless Entry Digital Lock or Dial Combination Lock. • Choose from tilt-out or non-tilting. • Overall Dimensions: 117⁄8"W x 43⁄8"H x 1211⁄16"D A

Item No.

18541 18542

B

18543 18544

C

18545

D

18546

Description

Price Each

Tilting Refrigerator Box with Key Lock Tilting Refrigerator Box with Keyless Entry Digital Lock Tilting Refrigerator box with Dial Combination Lock Non-Tilting Refrigerator Box with Key Lock Non-Tilting Refrigerator Box with Keyless Entry Digital Lock Non-Tilting Refrigerator box with Dial Combination Lock

$85.00

A

165.00 99.00 85.00 165.00 99.00

C

D

B

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

97


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Single & Double-Locking Refrigerator Storage Boxes • Tough, durable molded polyethylene box attaches to refrigerator shelves to keep refrigerated items organized under single or double-locking conditions. • Optional plastic dividers divide boxes lengthwise or crosswise. • Label holders and labels snap to the outside of boxes for content identification. • Please specify box color when ordering: Gray, Light Blue or Red. • Boxes are keyed differently on a master system. Two keys per lock. Ask Customer Service about having boxes keyed alike or extra keys. • Boxes are secure because the self-locking nuts and 3⁄4" bolts cannot be removed unless the unit itself is unlocked and open. If you need longer bolts, please let us know. • Self-locking nuts with bolts and adjustable metal mounting brackets are included. Two-sided tape is also included with each box. Use two-sided tape to attach to glass shelves. • Three depths to choose from: 33⁄4", 43⁄4" and 61⁄4". See chart below for dimensions.

C

E

D

A

B

Available single and double-locking!

Replacement Standard Lock and Extra Keys available. Call Customer Service.

Description

Inside Dimensions LxWxH

Outside Dimensions LxWxH

33⁄4" Deep Refrigerator Box 43⁄4" Deep Refrigerator Box 61⁄4" Deep Refrigerator Box

9 1⁄4 x 6 5⁄8 x 2 3⁄8 9 1⁄4 x 6 5⁄8 x 31⁄8 9 1⁄4 x 6 5⁄8 x 43⁄4

113⁄4 x 81⁄2 x 33⁄4 113⁄4 x 81⁄2 x 43⁄4 113⁄4 x 81⁄2 x 61⁄4

Item No.

A B

3712 3713 3714

Description

Item No.

C D E

98

3715 3716 3717

Item No.

1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967

Price Each

33⁄4" Deep Refrigerator Box, Single Lock 43⁄4" Deep Refrigerator Box, Single Lock 61⁄4" Deep Refrigerator Box, Single Lock Description

$116.00 116.00 116.00 Price Each

33⁄4" Deep Refrigerator Box, Double Lock 43⁄4" Deep Refrigerator Box, Double Lock 61⁄4" Deep Refrigerator Box, Double Lock

$128.00 128.00 128.00

Description

Fits Box #

Price Each

Short Divider Long Divider Short Divider Long Divider Short Divider Long Divider Label Holder, 61⁄4"W x 11⁄2"H Label Holder, 71⁄2"W x 31⁄2"H

3712 & 3715 3712 & 3715 3713 & 3716 3713 & 3716 3714 & 3717 3714 & 3717 fits all 3713, 3714, 3716 & 3717

$1.20 1.30 1.20 1.30 1.20 1.30 2.10 2.10

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

C

B

A

X-Large Refrigerator Storage Boxes, Single Lock • Tough, durable molded polyethylene box keeps large sizes and quantities of items under single-locking conditions. • #3690 is available in Red and Light Blue. Specify color when ordering. • #3691 and 3692 are available in Red and Royal Blue. Specify color when ordering. • Boxes are secure because the self-locking nuts and 3⁄4" bolts cannot be removed unless the unit itself is unlocked and open. • Self-locking nuts with bolts and adjustable metal mounting brackets are included. Two-sided tape for use with glass shelves is included with each box. Boxes are keyed differently. Two keys per lock. Ask Customer Service about having boxes keyed alike or for extra keys.

A B C

Item No.

3690 3691 3692

Description

51⁄2" Deep Refrigerator Storage Box, Single Lock 8" Deep Refrigerator Storage Box, Single Lock 10" Deep Refrigerator Storage Box, Single Lock

Inside Dimensions LxWxH

Outside Dimensions LxWxH

Price Each

143⁄4 x 95⁄16 x 31⁄4 14 3⁄4 x 95⁄16 x 59⁄16 14 3⁄4 x 95⁄16 x 79⁄16

16 1⁄2 x 10 7⁄8 x 5 1⁄2 161⁄2 x 107⁄8 x 8 161⁄2 x 107⁄8 x 10

$117.00 117.00 117.00

Don’t forget our CUSTOMER SERVICE Department!

You can stop searching for hard-to-find products with HCL’s Customer Service. If Health Care Logistics doesn’t have what you need, we’ll find it for you at no charge!

We provide more than the products in our catalog. HCL’s Customer Service Personnel work hard every day to locate non-stock products for our customers. We will either special order a product for you at your request, custom make one for you or simply give you a convenient referral. And this FREE service is available to all of our current and potential customers! How do you take advantage of this FREE service? Call 1.800.848.1633 and ask for Customer Service or contact us via email: hcl@GoHCL.com

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

99


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Small Locking Refrigerator Storage Boxes

A

B

Acrylic box/gray styrene drawer with security seal/ padlock hole.

Stainless Steel Box/Gray Styrene Drawer with Slam Lock & Security Seal/ Padlock Hole

1

• Space-saving boxes are great for areas that can’t accommodate full-sized refrigerators. • Secure because the self-locking nuts and 3 ⁄4" bolts cannot be removed unless the unit itself is unlocked and open. If you need longer bolts, please let us know. • Self-locking nuts with bolts and adjustable metal mounting brackets and double-sided tape are included. • Outside Box Dimensions: 53⁄4"W x 41⁄4"H x 111⁄4"D Inside Drawer Dimensions: 53⁄16"W x 3"H x 109⁄16"D • Customize to fit your needs.

3-step easy ordering: 1. Boxes

2

Great for smaller-sized refrigerators!

3

• Stainless Steel Box - 18-gauge stainless steel construction provides strength and durability. - Features predrilled holes for use with security seals. • Acrylic Box - 1⁄8" thick acrylic, which is ideal if you want to see the contents of the box. - Features predrilled holes for use with security seals.

2. Drawers • Gray styrene drawer can be used with security seals. • Clear acrylic drawer for easy viewing of contents.

3. Locks Combination Lock

A

B

Item No.

3727 3728 3729 3721 3723 1390 3724 3725 3755 3726 3735 3736

Box Description

Acrylic Acrylic Acrylic Acrylic Acrylic Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel

Key Lock

Drawer Description

Slam Lock

Lock

Price Each

Gray Styrene Sec. Seal or Padlock Gray Styrene Key Lock Gray Styrene Slam Lock Acrylic* Key Lock Acrylic* Slam Lock Padlock Only Gray Styrene Security Seal Gray Styrene Key Lock Gray Styrene Combination Lock Gray Styrene Slam Lock or Padlock Acrylic* Key Lock Acrylic* Slam Lock

$62.20 71.60 88.10 88.10 97.50 9.50 86.60 96.30 111.80 111.50 115.10 125.60

*Acrylic Drawer cannot be used with security seals or dividers.

• Padlock can be used alone instead of security seals or as an option if you need two locks. • Key lock allows you to open the drawer with a key. After you access the drawer, you must use the key again to lock the drawer. • Slam lock allows you to open the drawer with a key and push it closed after you have accessed the drawer. No need to turn the key again to lock the drawer. • Combination lock eliminates lost keys and costly replacements. • All locks, except padlocks, come keyed differently on a master key system. Call Customer Service for keying alike options.

Padlock and Security Seal are not included with boxes #3724, 3726 and 3727. They have predrilled holes to accommodate a padlock or seal.

100

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

D

E

F

B C

A

G

Hinged-Door Locking Refrigerator Boxes • Clear acrylic material allows easy viewing of contents. • Designed to fit in dorm-style refrigerators and for facilities without access to full-sized refrigerators. • Available with single, double or combination lock. All single and double locks include two keys per lock. Boxes are keyed differently on a master system. • Secure because the self-locking nuts and 3⁄4" bolts cannot be removed unless the unit itself is unlocked and open. If you need longer bolts, please let us know. • Self-locking nuts with bolts and adjustable metal mounting brackets and double-sided tape are included.

A B C D E F G

Item No.

3746-01 3758 3747-01 3748-01 3763 3749-01 17843

Ask Customer Service about having boxes keyed alike or custom-sized to meet your needs.

Description

Compact Hinged-Door Locking Refrigerator Box, Single Lock Compact Hinged-Door Locking Refrigerator Box, Combination Lock Compact Hinged-Door Locking Refrigerator Box, Double Lock Small Hinged-Door Locking Refrigerator Box, Single Lock Small Hinged-Door Locking Refrigerator Box, Combination Lock Small Hinged-Door Locking Refrigerator Box, Double Lock Small Hinged-Door Locking Refrigerator Box, Keyless Entry Digital Lock

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Outside Dimensions WxHxD

Price Each

83⁄8 x 27⁄8 x 41⁄2 83⁄8 x 27⁄8 x 41⁄2 83⁄8 x 27⁄8 x 41⁄2 12 x 41⁄4 x 6 12 x 41⁄4 x 6 12 x 41⁄4 x 6 12 x 41⁄4 x 6

$67.40 83.30 79.70 93.20 109.20 105.50 166.00

101


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

B

A

Key Padlock

#18653 Covers can be custom imprinted or labeled with who to call if temperature is out of range. This cover is secured with #1390 Key Padlock (sold separately). Fits #9542 Three-Drawer Stainless Steel Refrigerator, 5.4 cu ft

Key Padlock

#18644 Covers can be custom imprinted or labeled with who to call if temperature is out of range. This cover is secured with #1390 Key Padlock (sold separately). Fits #18572 Locking Refrigerator, 2.5 cu ft

D C

Security Seal

Combination Padlock

#18654 Covers can be custom imprinted or labeled with who to call if temperature is out of range. This cover is secured with #1362 Combination Padlock (sold separately). Fits #9544 Compact Locking Refrigerator/Freezer, 2.9 cu ft

#18651 Covers can be custom imprinted or labeled with who to call if temperature is out of range. This cover is secured with an HCL Security Seal (sold separately). Fits #9503 Compact Refrigerator, 3.5 cu ft & #9504 Compact Locking Refrigerator, 5.7 cu ft

See page 103 for product information & pricing.

102

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

F

E

Key Padlock

Security Seal #18650 Covers can be custom imprinted or labeled with who to call if temperature is out of range. This cover is secured with #1390 Key Padlock (sold separately). Fits #9501-01 Compact Locking Refrigerator, 3.5 cu ft

#18652 Covers can be custom imprinted or labeled with who to call if temperature is out of range. This cover is secured with an HCL Security Seal (sold separately). Fits #9530 Commercial Grade Compact Locking Refrigerator, 5.5 cu ft, #9532 Commercial Grade Compact Refrigerator without Lock, 5.5 cu ft & #9533 Compact Refrigerator with Lock, 5.5 cu ft

G

Lockable Thermo are offere stat Covers d by HCL to EXCLUSIVELY fit sold on p refrigerators ages 306of our 201 313 2 Sand Pipe r Catalog .

Security Seal

#18655 Covers can be custom imprinted or labeled with who to call if temperature is out of range. This cover is secured with an HCL Security Seal (sold separately). Fits #17787 Glass Door Refrigerator with Chrome Lock, 6.1 cu ft

Lockable Thermostat Covers • Clear acrylic cover helps control refrigerator thermostat settings so only authorized personnel can change the temperature. • Cover adheres to refrigerator wall with heavy-duty, two-sided tape. Cover is difficult to remove once installed. • Use key padlock (with two keys), combination padlock or a security seal (all sold separately) to secure cover and restrict access.

A B C D E F G

Item No.

18653 18644 18654 18651 18650 18652 18655

Description

Lockable Thermostat Cover Lockable Thermostat Cover Lockable Thermostat Cover Lockable Thermostat Cover Lockable Thermostat Cover Lockable Thermostat Cover Lockable Thermostat Cover

Price Each

$32.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 35.00 65.00 35.00

MicroSentry™ Scientific is a trademark of Marvel Scientific.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

103


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Medication Prep Trays • Dedicated drug prep tray provides an ideal surface for sterile medication preparation and mixing. • Prep tray is available in two sizes for convenient, best practice drug preparation (as identified by Joint Commission) that is done outside of the pharmacy. Use the large tray for mixing medication in outpatient clinics, radiology or other procedure areas. The small tray can be used on a cart top or countertop when space is limited, such as in the ICU, ER or other nonpharmacy areas. • Tray is made of 1⁄8" White polystyrene and has Red printing that reads “Sterile Product Preparation Only. Area must be kept clean and neat at all times.” • Can be easily cleaned with bleach, alcohol or solvent cleaners. • Tray can be custom printed with facility name, logo, department or other information. • Contact your Customer Service Representative for details. • Dimensions: Small: 11"L x 12"W x 3"H; Large: 22"L x 22"W x 3"H.

A

Also available in stainless steel and custom sizes. Call Customer Service for details.

B

Item No.

A 18667 B 18668

Description

Small Medication Prep Tray Large Medication Prep Tray

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$24.00 37.00

$22.80 35.15

$21.60 33.30

C

Aluminum Protection Organizer & Door Hanger • Aluminum organizer holds four individual boxes or two double boxes of gloves, two boxes of face masks and has a dispensing slot for gowns. • Wall mount with the keyhole slots or hang on a door using the optional door hanger (sold separately). • Organizer and hanger are coated in Gray antimicrobial paint that can kill diseasecausing bacteria, mold, fungi and viruses. • Dimensions: 263⁄4"W x 21"H x 41⁄2"D

C

Item No.

18309

104

Description

Aluminum Protection Organizer

Price Each

$142.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Disposable Isolation Station • Keeps hallways free from isolation cart congestion. Five openings provide space for two glove boxes, masks, gowns, medical waste bags, eye glasses and face shields. • Easy-to-assemble White corrugated cardboard with instructions printed on back. Hanger pairs sold separately. • Ships flat, six per package. • Station Dimensions: 211⁄8"L x 213⁄8"W x 4¾"D

Recyclable cardboard

A

Key holes for wall hanging.

B

No Cleaning! When dirty, remove and replace with new.

Item No.

Description

Qty.

40"H

A 17785 Disposable Isolation Station B 17788 Kiosk for Disposable Isolation Station

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

6 $55.90 $53.11 $50.31 1 13.50 12.83 12.15

Recyclable cardboard

117⁄8"H

Kiosk for Disposable Isolation Station

151 ⁄2"W

Discrete area to store extra supplies. Folding flap covers items!

• Storage Area Dimensions: 151⁄2"W x 117⁄8"H x 117⁄8"D

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

• Freestanding unit holds a Disposable Isolation Station (#17785) to keep essential infection protection supplies accessible outside patient rooms, at nurses stations, in emergency rooms and other critical areas. • Easy-to-assemble White corrugated cardboard. Ships flat. • Dimensions: 201⁄2"W x 40"H x 117⁄8"D

105


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Mobile Hygiene Station & Accessories Build Your Own Mobile Hygiene Station! • Choose from multiple infection protection supply components to build a customized mobile station that can go anywhere. • Build your station using accessory packages that include all mounting hardware.

B

Mobile Stand (A)

Look at all of your component choices on the next page.

• Overall Height: 651⁄2"H • 261⁄2" Dia. Stainless Steel Base • 5 Swivel casters; 2 locking

A

Front

Back C

C

F H

K F

G

G

J

J

A

106

A

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Protection Organizers (B & C)

A

B

C D

• Choose your organizer (#18388, 18389) and keep gowns, glove boxes, face masks and face shields ready for grab-andgo availability. Available in White and Quartz.

Bin Holders (D, E & F)

E

F

• Store loose items in Clear Super Tough Bins. Choose from three different bin sizes and configurations.

See page 3 for bin dimensions.

Hand Wipes & Canister Bracket (G) • Keep disposable hand wipes stored and ready.

Surface Wipes & Canister Bracket (H)

G

H

I

• Store disposable surface wipes.

Utility Cup & Bracket (I) • Utility cup attaches to pole to keep writing utensils or small items close by.

Sharps Container & Bracket (J) • Mount a 20 oz. dual-compartment sharps container to your mobile hygiene station.

J

BioHazard Bag & Rack Waste Disposal System (K)

K

L

• Safely dispose of biohazard waste. Rack has a hinged lid to cover contents and keep odors contained. (20) 1-gallon bags are included.

Stack & Connect Label Dispenser (L) • Organize up to 10 blister packed labels and labels on a roll in this clear plastic container.

Easy Assembly. No Tools Required!

A B C D E F G H I J K L

Item No.

18384 18388* 18389* 18385 18386 18387 18390 18391 18392 18393 18394 18395

Description

Hygiene Station Mobile Stand Protection Organizer #17536 with Hardware Protection Organizer #17538 with Hardware Bin Holder with Six 1400 Clear Super Tough Bins Bin Holder with Six 1405 Clear Super Tough Bins Bin Holder with Four 1410 Clear Super Tough Bins Hand Wipes & Canister Bracket with Hardware Surface Wipes & Canister Bracket with Hardware Utility Cup with Hardware Sharps Container with Bracket and Hardware BioHazard Bags & Rack Disposal System with Hardware Stack & Connect Label Dispenser (10 roll) with Hardware

Price Each

$206.00 176.00 154.00 60.00 65.20 72.50 65.20 67.30 25.90 25.90 40.40 29.00

*Specify color when ordering

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

107


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Countertop Wipe Dispensers B

A

A B

Item No.

Description

1-4

17886 Countertop Wipe Dispenser for 9" x 9" wipes $39.50 17887 Countertop Wipe Dispenser for 12" x 12" wipes 45.50

Wall Mount Wipe Dispensers

Wipes can be found on page 372 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$37.53 43.23

$35.55 40.95

C

• Keep wipes visible and accessible for quick clean up in cleanrooms, labs and patient rooms. • Clear PETG offers an attractive display option for one of your most frequently used supplies. Wipes sold separately. • Stays put! polyurathane bumpons prevent slipping on countertop or table. • Durable PETG 3⁄16"Dia. • Dimensions: #17886 - 95⁄8"L x 95⁄8"H x 37⁄8"D #17887 - 125⁄8"L x 125⁄8"H x 37⁄8"D

D

• Space-saving design keeps wipes accessible for convenient clean up in the cleanroom, labs and patient rooms. • Clear PETG dispensers offer a practical display option for one of your most frequently used supplies. Wipes sold separately. • Four keyholes in back for mounting to the wall. • Dimensions: #17888 - 91⁄2"W x 105⁄8"H x 41⁄8"D Item No. Description #17889 - 121⁄2"W x 135⁄8"H x 41⁄4"D C 17888 Wall Mount Wipe Dispenser for 9" x 9" wipes D 17889 Wall Mount Wipe Dispenser for 12" x 12" wipes

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$49.00 59.00

$46.55 56.05

$44.10 53.10

Regulatory Waste ID — Thermal Label

E

nt conte your Print fo here. or in

Identify waste type here.

Item No.

• Distinctive symbols on these thermal transfer labels allow users to easily identify the type of waste for proper disposal. Use a thermal printer to add content, instructions or warnings to individual labels. • Eliminate the risk for contamination by ensuring regulatory waste is handled and disposed of properly. With a label in place, staff members know exactly how it should be disposed. • 1" Core • 1,000 labels per roll. • Dimensions: 3"W x 2"H

Description

E 18510 Regulatory Waste ID Thermal Labels

108

1-4

1-4

Price per Roll 5-9

10 +

$60.00

$57.00

$54.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Custom Signs, decals, magnets & more Let HCL's team create professional looking signage exactly how you want it!

See pages 621-630 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog for more information.

HCL offers several options of sizes, colors, designs, shapes and materials to meet all of your needs. Contact Customer Service for details and ordering information. Banners can be cut to any shape or size. Call Customer Service.

DO NOT

SANDPIPER XING Allow us to help you

ENTER

WASH YOUR HANDS HAZARDOUS DRUGS STORED AND COMPOUNDED IN THIS AREA

RESTRICTED AREA DO NOT

ENTER

Discontinue/Discard Information Labels $5.00/5 28 Day Multi-dose Vial Expiration Date Assigner • Dimensions: 141⁄4"W x 21⁄2"H Jan, Mar, May Jul, Aug, Oct Dec

INFECTION CONTROL IS EVERYONE’S RESPONSIBILITY

get rid of those unsightly homemade signs that are taped around your facility!

This Label is NOT shown at actual size.

28 Day Multi-dose Vial Expiration Date Assigner

Apr, Jun, Sept Nov Feb

How To Use:

1. Find current month on chart 2. Find current day on top line

3. Use number below current date for expiration date. 4. Shaded numbers indicate product expires in same month

HCL ITEM #18511 For Reorder: 800-848-1633

18511

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

109


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC CUSTOM QUICK & EASY LABELS

Paper Quick & Easy Labels

Yellow

Sky Blue

Royal Blue

Red

Purple

Orange

Green

Black

Fuchsia

Standard Ink Colors

White, Colored or Fluorescent • Choose from permanent or removable adhesive. • Utilizes FDA 175.105-compliant adhesives. • If a write-on area is needed, a white space must be left for writing or typing. • Very economical. • Available in 18 sizes. • Orders shipped within five working days after your approval of the artwork. • No charge for proofs. • Special artwork designs and logos will not have an additional fee if camera-ready, high-resolution artwork is provided. • Fluorescent paper with black ink is considered two colors. • If you don’t see the label you are looking for or have a special request, call Customer Service.

Fluorescent Paper Colors

Yellow

Red

Pink

Green

Orange

Black ink only on fluorescent paper

Color Selections Are: Black, Fuchsia, Green, Orange, Purple, Red, Royal Blue, Sky Blue or Yellow ink. Up to four color combinations. Item No.

HCL01 HCL02 HCL03 HCL05 HCL06 HCL07 HCL08 HCL09 HCL10 HCL11 HCL12 HCL13 HCL14 HCL16 HCL20 HCL23 HCL89 HCL97

Dimensions WxH

Blister Packed

Qty Per Roll

1,000

15⁄8 x 3⁄8 5 ⁄8 x 5⁄8 1 x 3⁄4 7 ⁄8 x 3⁄8 3 ⁄4 Octagon 2 Octagon 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 13⁄4 x 1 13⁄8 x 3⁄8 23⁄16 x 9⁄16 11⁄2 x 5⁄8 31⁄2 x 7⁄8 25⁄8 x 2 3 ⁄4 Round 35⁄8 x 3 23⁄4 x 13⁄4 3 x 7⁄16 21⁄2 x 3⁄4

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

500 1,000 1,000 500 1,000 500 500 400 500 350 500 200 500 1,000 250 500 200 250

$18.00 17.00 19.00 17.00 42.00 44.00 39.00 28.00 18.00 31.00 20.00 36.00 50.00 21.00 71.00 52.00 35.00 32.00

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Price per 1,000 - One Color 5,000 10,000

$16.20 15.30 17.10 15.30 37.80 39.60 35.10 25.20 16.20 27.90 18.00 32.40 45.00 18.90 63.90 46.80 31.50 28.80

$14.40 13.60 15.20 13.60 33.60 35.20 31.20 22.40 14.40 24.60 16.00 28.80 40.00 16.80 56.96 41.60 28.00 25.00

25,000

Price per 1,000 Additional Colors

$12.60 11.83 13.30 11.90 29.40 30.80 27.30 19.60 12.60 21.70 14.00 25.20 35.00 14.70 49.70 36.40 24.50 22.40

$1.20 1.80 1.40 1.80 1.50 12.40 5.30 3.20 1.20 1.50 1.70 4.80 4.10 1.50 15.60 11.00 5.40 2.90

* Please specify permanent or removable adhesive.

Can be used in a typewriter.*

Cannot be used in a typewriter.

Arrow indicates direction of the label on the roll.

See next page for label configurations.

110

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu custom QUICK & EASY LABELS

18 Label Sizes ➜

➜ 31⁄2" x 7⁄8" #HCL13 or HCL13P

35⁄8" x 3" #HCL20 or HCL20P

21⁄2" x 3⁄4" #HCL97 or HCL97P

23⁄16" x 9⁄16" #HCL11 or HCL11P

13⁄4" x 1" #HCL09 or HCL09P

⁄8" x 5⁄8" #HCL02 or HCL02P 5

See pages 616-620 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog for more information.

23⁄4" x 13⁄4" #HCL23 or HCL23P

➜ ➜

15⁄8" x 3⁄8" #HCL01 or HCL01P

➜ ⁄4" #HCL16 or HCL16P

11⁄2" x 5⁄8" #HCL12 or HCL12P

3

25⁄8" x 2" #HCL14 or HCL14P

➜ ⁄4" #HCL06 or HCL06P

13⁄8 x 3⁄8 #HCL10 or HCL10P

2" #HCL07 or HCL07P 1" x 3⁄4" #HCL03 or HCL03P

3

21⁄2" x 11⁄2" #HCL08 or HCL08P

3" x 7⁄16" #HCL89 or HCL89P

➜ ⁄8" x 3⁄8" #HCL05 or HCL05P 7

ALL LABELS ARE SHOWN ACTUAL SIZE

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

111


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Raised notches for stacking

A

Hinged lid for easy loading B

Accommodates wider labels when slots are not used.

Stack & Connect Label Dispensers • Clear plastic dispensers connect side-to-side by the interlocking tabs on each side using the raised notches on the lid. • 10-roll dispenser includes nine removable dividers and accommodates blister packed labels and labels on a roll. 500 and 1,000 roll labels/packs will work in this dispenser. • 20-roll dispenser does not include dividers. It accommodates blister packed labels and labels on a roll. Only 500 roll labels/ packs will work in this dispenser. A B C D

Item No.

12721 12998 17027 17028

• Label slots will accommodate labels up to 5⁄8"W. Labels wider than this can still be used in the dispenser but the labels will have to waterfall out and the slots cannot be used. • #12721 Dimensions: 81⁄4"W x 5"H x 51⁄2"D • #12998 Dimensions: 153⁄4"W x 43⁄8"H x 43⁄4"D Stack

Description

Price Each

10-Roll Label Dispenser 20-Roll Label Dispenser Mounting Bracket for #12721 10-Roll Dispenser Mounting Bracket for #12998 20-Roll Dispenser

$13.00 15.00 12.90 12.90

Interlocking tabs to connect

Connect

Note: You cannot connect a 10 roll dispenser to a 20 roll dispenser.

Mounting Brackets for Stack & Connect Label Dispensers

C

112

D

• White plastic brackets allow Stack and Connect Label Dispensers to be mounted under counters and cabinets. • Holes are predrilled for mounting. Hardware and two-sided tape are included. • Available for 10 and 20-roll label dispensers.

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Bin Labels • Slip-in style labels fit into label holder. • Sheet, roll and fanfold. • Heavy stock for durability. • 1,000 per package.

B

C F E

A

A B C D E F G H

I

G

D

Item No.

Dimensions WxH

Description

7160 7171 7161 7162 7163 7185 7184 7165 7168 7170 7186 7173 7167 7181 7175 7179 7176 7178

Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-roll Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-roll Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-roll Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded

H

3 x 11⁄4 3 x 11⁄4 13⁄4 x 11⁄4 25⁄8 x 11⁄4 31⁄2 x 11⁄4 47⁄8 x 11⁄4 115⁄16 x 13⁄16 215⁄16 x 13⁄16 3 x 15⁄16 27⁄8 x 3⁄4 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 4 x 11⁄2 3 x 3⁄4 3 x 3⁄4 4 x 3⁄4 4 x 3⁄4 6 x 3⁄4 23⁄4 x 11⁄2

I

Price per Package Fits Bin # 1-4 5-9 10 + #1401 $17.70 $16.82 $15.93 #1401 17.70 16.82 15.93 #5300, 5301, 1300, 5311-01 23.60 22.42 21.24 #1305, 1315 23.60 22.42 21.24 #1308 23.60 22.42 21.24 #1320 23.60 22.42 21.24 #1435 17.70 16.82 15.93 #1400, 1405/ Fits all Shelf Bins except 1435 15.80 15.01 14.22 #5312-01/ Friendly Bins except 5340, 5345 20.10 19.10 18.09 #1321, 1322, 1323, 5314-01 20.10 19.10 18.09 #1306, 1307, 5340 and 5345 20.10 19.10 18.09 #1403, 1410-1438, 1470 and 1471 27.40 26.03 24.66 #1401, 3" Macbick Patient Drawer 20.10 19.10 18.09 #1401 3" Macbick Patient Drawer 20.10 19.10 18.09 #1410-1438, 1470, 1471, 4" Macbick Patient Drawer 20.10 19.10 18.09 #1410-1438, 1470, 1471, 4" Macbick Patient Drawer 20.10 19.10 18.09 6" Macbick Patient Drawer 23.70 22.52 21.33 #5302, 5305, 5310, 5313-01 24.80 23.56 22.32

Pinfeed Bin Labels J 7187 K 7188 L 7189

Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded Bin Label-fanfolded

11⁄8 x 2 11⁄8 x 31⁄4 11⁄8 x 41⁄2

20.10 22.00 22.60

#17082 #17083 #17084

19.10 20.90 21.47

18.09 19.80 20.34

Bin Labels for Laser Printers Patient Bin Labels for Laser Printers Description

Dimensions WxH

Bin Label-Laser Bin Label-Laser Bin Label-Laser Bin Label-Laser-Lionville

33⁄4 x 13⁄16 43⁄4 x 13⁄16 5 x 13⁄16 7x1

Item No.

9215 9216 9217 9228

Fits bin #

#9209 #9210

Sheets per Package

Labels per Sheet

Total Qty. of Labels

10 10 10 10

14 7 7 9

140 70 70 90

1-4

$13.50 13.50 13.50 13.00

Price per Package 5-9

10 +

$12.83 12.83 12.83 12.35

$12.15 12.15 12.15 11.70

K J

K

J

Labels are made of heavy cardstock.

L L

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

113


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Use as a stand or wall mount.

Acrylic Label Holder • Acrylic holder mounts to a desk, counter or wall to feed regular or pinfeed labels directly into a printer. • Accommodates rolls up to 51⁄4"W. • Cannot be used with #7030 Unit Dose Labels. • Dimensions: 6"W x 6"H x 4"D

A

Item No.

1995-01

Description

1-4

Acrylic Label Holder

Price Each 5-9

A

10 +

$35.50 $33.73 $31.95

Syringe Flag Labels C

C

B

• Adhesive-backed portion wraps around the barrel of oral or parenteral syringes. • Non-adhesive print area serves as a flag to include drug label information and warning, caution, administration, handling instructions etc. • 81⁄2" x 11" sheets for use in laser and inkjet printers or on a roll with 3" core for thermal transfer printers. • Dimensions: 33⁄4"W x 1"H • Flag Dimensions: 13⁄4"W x 1"H

The #6032 thermal transfer roll allows printing of one label at a time.

Item No.

B 6026 C 6032

Description

Syringe Flag Label, Laser Syringe Flag Label, Thermal Transfer

Packaged

Setup

2,000/box 2,000/roll

2 across; 10 down 1 across

Item No.

6120

Description

General Purpose Laser Label 1" Label 7062A IV Laser

114

Package Qty.

4,000

2" 1,500

10 +

$30.97 68.88

$29.34 65.25

2"

7062A 213⁄16"W x 2"H

1"

6120 13⁄4"W x 1"H

1-4

Price per Package 5-9

10 +

$34.60

$32.87

$31.14

38.48

36.45

40.50 3"

$32.60 72.50

Barcoding on all our laser labels is available using our Barcode Software and predefined templates.

Laser Pharmacy Utility Labels • Two sizes to accommodate vials, bottles, bags, dispensers, jars, etc. • Permanent adhesive-backed labels on 81⁄2” x 11” sheets fit standard laser and ink jet printers. • General Purpose Laser Label #6120 - 13⁄4"W x 1"H 4 across, 10 down; 100 sheets/pkg. • IV Laser Labels Utilizes FDA 175.105-compliant adhesives 1" x 2"H #7062A - 213⁄16"W8041 3 across, 5 down; 100 sheets/pkg.

Price 5-9

1-4

1"

2"

3"

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

For Convenient Bundle Packages See page 422 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

WaspLabeler db Tracker™ Easy and affordable way to design and print 1D and 2D barcode labels. db Tracker stands on the foundation of the WaspLabeler with enhanced features such as scan-to-populate label fields, reporting and a searchable NDC database. This flexible and intuitive program allows you to implement barcoded labels throughout your facility for fewer errors and greater patient safety.

A

System Requirements Contact our Wasp • Windows® 2000 or higher. Specialist for a FREE • 800Mhz or higher processor online demo, training • 512 MB RAM minimum or other assistance. • 1 GB disk space for install • 100 MB free disk space after install • 1,024 x 768 monitor resolution and 32 bit color • CD-ROM drive (installation only) • Single-user license B Item No.

Description

A 17545 WaspLabeler db Tracker Software B 17997 2-D Barcode Imager

Price Each

$325.00 350.00

WaspLabeler and WaspLabeler db Tracker™ are trademarks of Wasp Barcode Technologies. Windows® and Vista® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

For more scanner information, please visit our website GoHCL.com

2D Barcode Imager This handheld device delivers the functionality of a 1D and 2D barcode scanner, digital camera and document scanner! It enhances employee productivity and reduces costs in the pharmacy.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

115


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

WaspLabeler db Tracker™ Software for Medical Barcode Label Design & Printing Backup, Reporting and Security • Repackaged Medication Report serves as an electronic log, which eliminates the need to maintain a daily paper log! • A range of reports make it easy to capture important details. Reports include: repackaged medication, drug approval, drug history, print history and more. • Pharmacist label approval/rejection feature! Users can create admin roles to electronically mark labels as approved. Medication Safety and Error Prevention • An external backup tool backs up labels and templates, users and print history. • Eliminate keystroke errors! Full NDC drug database allows user to scan or type NDC number from stock drug bottle and populate the label fields with drug name, strength, manufacturer, form, route and package size. • NDC drug database updates (quarterly) and software updates can be checked automatically each day at startup. Barcodes • Supports the following barcode symbologies: Code 39, Code 128, UCC-128, Code 93, Interleaved 2 of 5, UPC-A, UPCE, EAN/JAN-8, EAN/JAN-13, Codabar, MSI Plessey and PostNet barcodes. • Supports the most popular 2D barcodes-PDF417, Micro PDF, MaxiCode and Data Matrix.

Exam Temp ple: late

Predefined Templates and Label Design • We’ve included templates for most labels we sell. Open a template and use the label “as is” or copy the label and edit it to meet your needs. Add your own custom fields such as “Generic Name” or “Manufacturer Expiration.” The original templates cannot be overwritten or changed. • Visit our website to download a FREE trial version of the WaspLabeler db Tracker Software. GoHCL.com/dbt • Easily add expiration dates to your labels! Multiple options make it easy to define the expiration date of your medication labels. • Serialize labels option! Use the system serial number to increment for every label printed or use a local serial number that only increments when the drug label is printed. You can designate a Prefix (starting number) or Postfix.

116

Exam p Repo le: rt

• Optional login security! Require users to login when accessing the application and assign specific security roles to various functions. For example, you can create a profile that only allows the user to print labels. Printing • Labels can be printed to any laser, dot matrix, inkjet or thermal printer using a standard Windows driver. Print in any color with color supported printers. • Use with any of our foil and paper labels for blisters. Easily place barcodes on unit dose packages to prepare for pointof-care scanning. • Flexible! In addition to the predefined HCL blister labels, the same program can create prepack, prescription, IV, bin labels and more.

Exam Print ple: D scree rug n

Exam New ple: Dr scree ug n

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Wasp™ Barcode Labeling Software

CREATES any size or type of label!

The original WaspLabeler software comes equipped with predefined templates for HCL’s extensive line of unit dose labels, as well as the ability to create custom layouts for virtually any type or size label. System Requirements • Minimum memory requirements: 64MB • Minimum disk space requirements: 150MB • 200 Mhz or higher processor • Point and click mouse • Compatible with Windows® 2000 or higher. • Layout of text and graphics can be rotated, resized and placed where you want. • Font type, color, size and attributes can be user defined and combined on any label information. • The software can be used with any ODBC, Access, dBase, FoxPro or Paradox database, as well as Microsoft Excel to store repetitive information. • Supports Code 39, Code 128, UCC-128, Code 93, Interleaved 2 of 5, UPC-A, UPC-E, EAN/JAN-8, EAN/JAN-13, Codabar, MSI Plessey and PostNet barcodes. Compatible with most scanning systems. • 2D version for the most popular 2D barcodes PDF417, micro PDF, MaxiCode and Data Matrix. • Labels can be printed to any laser, dot matrix, inkjet or thermal printer using a standard Windows driver. Print in any color. • Supports proprietary thermal printer languages (with ZPL & EPL thermal printer language option). • Increment/decrement feature can generate serialized numbers. • Import BMP, TIF, WMF, PCX, DCX, JPG, CMP, PSD, PNG, TGA, EPS, RAS, WPG & PCT formats.

Save time with preformatted templates for all of HCL's blister labels! For technical questions and support, please call Health Care Logistics at 1.800.848.1633 or visit our online Help Desk at GoHCL.com/WaspHelp For label samples visit GoHCL.com

AVAILABLE with 1D or 2D barcode option!

Item No.

5117 5186

Description

Price Each

Wasp Barcode Labeling Software, 1D version Wasp Barcode Labeling Software, 2D version

$130.00 200.00

For label samples or a trial version visit GoHCL.com HCL Website Keywords: Barcode

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

117


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

1-YEAR DATING A

Class

A

B

C

D

E

Aclar® Amber Extra High-Barrier Blisters • Amber Aclar® blisters are recommended for use with environmentally sensitive drug products or when packaging drugs for extended periods of time. • Designed for use with Extra High-Barrier Foil Labels to provide the sealing necessary to achieve one-year drug protection and the highest in moisture barrier protection. Labels are available in #6022 laser flag style and 6027 laser for the Micro blister; 6121 laser, 5118 pinfeed, 17297, 17298, 18500 and 18501 thermal transfer and 6025 laser flag style for small to large blisters. See pages 120-121 for labels. • Blister/label combo meets the USP Class A package requirement, which is a one-year expiration date. • Small, medium and large are available 1,600 blisters per package; 2 across & 8 down. Micro blister is available 1,050 per package; 1 across & 7 down. Blister Block • Efficient design! This medium-cavity, 16-blister block allows an entire grid of labels (#6126) to be applied simultaneously to achieve one-year dating. • Place 4 x 4 blister block into sealing tray, fill with medications, apply preprinted label sheet and seal. Meds are ready to dispense! • 100 blister blocks per package; 1,600 blisters.

A B C D E

Item No.

7017 7016 7014 7015 7004

Description

Micro Amber Extra High-Barrier Blister $55.00 $52.25 $49.50 Small Amber Extra High-Barrier Blister 89.00 84.55 80.10 Medium Amber Extra High-Barrier Blister 89.00 84.55 80.10 Large Amber Extra High-Barrier Blister 89.00 84.55 80.10 Medium Extra High-Barrier Blister Block 89.00 84.55 80.10

Aclar® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International, Inc.

118

Price per Package 1-4 5-9 10 +

Medium-cavity size

Blister Dimensions MICRO AMBER EXTRA HIGH-BARRIER 13/16" 30mm 1/2" 13mm

13/16" 30mm 3/16"/5mm

FRONT VIEW

1/2" 13mm

SIDE VIEW

SMALL EXTRA HIGH-BARRIER 13/16" 30mm 1/2" 13mm

1/4"/6mm

FRONT VIEW

111/16" 43mm 1" 25mm

SIDE VIEW

MEDIUM EXTRA HIGH-BARRIER 111/16" 43mm

13/16" 30mm 1/2"

13mm

7/16"/11mm

FRONT VIEW

1" 25mm

SIDE VIEW

LARGE EXTRA HIGH-BARRIER 111/16" 43mm

13/16" 30mm 1/2"

13mm

FRONT VIEW

5/8"/16mm

1" 25mm

SIDE VIEW

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu 1-YEAR DATING

A

Class

A

B

C

See pages 120-121 for label options!

PVdC Amber Extra High-Barrier Blisters

Why Use HCL’s Blisters & Labels? Fast, efficient and economical for small-volume packaging, especially high or allergy risk medications, as well as hazardous medications. Less downtime and no chance of mechanical failure. Requires no service and/or maintenance contracts.

• PVdC Amber Extra High-Barrier Blisters achieve maximum results when packaging environmentally sensitive drug products or when packaging drugs for extended periods of time. • Designed for use with Extra High-Barrier Foil Labels to achieve one-year drug protection and the highest in moisture barrier protection. Labels are available in #6121 laser, 5118 pinfeed, 17297, 17298, 18500 and 18501 thermal transfer and 6025 laser flag style for small to large blisters. See pages 120-121 for labels. • Blister/label combo meets the USP Class A package requirement, which is a one-year expiration date. • Available in small, medium and large. See line drawings on page 118 for dimensions. • 1,600 blisters per package, 2 across and 8 down.

Item No.

A 7074 B 7075 C 7076

Description

Price per Package 1-4 5-9 10 +

Small Amber Extra High-Barrier Blister $72.00 $68.40 $64.80 Medium Amber Extra High-Barrier Blister 72.00 68.40 64.80 Large Amber Extra High-Barrier Blister 72.00 68.40 64.80

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

119


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

Foil Labels for Extra High-Barrier Blisters To provide drug protection up to one year, these foil labels must be used with the #7017 Micro, 7016 & 7074 Small, 7014 & 7075 Medium and 7015 & 7076 Large Amber Extra High-Barrier Blisters on pages 118-119. • One-piece design has adhesive only on the border of the label. Can’t fit everything on your label? Flag it! • Our #6022 and #6025 Flag Foil Labels have an adhesive-backed print area for typical drug label information (drug name, strength, dosage form, lot number, NDC#, barcode, etc.) and a flag area for additional drug: or patient-specific information. Flag Dimensions

A

23/ 8”W x 13/ 16”H (60mm x 30mm)

Use with Small, Medium, and Large

D

Use with Micro

Predefined Templates in Wasp® Barcode Software. See pages 115-117.

Laser labels should be stored at 70˚ to 80˚F C and 50% relative humidity (±5%) Flag Dimensions: 2"W x 13⁄16"H away from heat Flag Dimensions : sources and not 5 3 1 / 16”W x 1 / 16”H (33mm x 30mm) exposed to direct sunlight. Labels should be stored E covers blister in the room in which they will flag area for additional Use with be printed at information Micro least 48 hours (no adhesive) prior to printing. Not for use with thermal printers.

B

G

F

Flag Dimensions: 23⁄8"W x 13⁄16"H

Thermal Transfer Labels for Extra High-Barrier Blister • Fits our small, medium and large Extra High-Barrier Blisters on pages 118-119. • Use with WASP® Thermal Printer #17268 and most other thermal printers.

Item No.

A

6121

B

5118

C

6025

D E F

6027 6022 17297

G

17298

H

6126

120

• One-piece Foil Labels are papertopped labels with adhesive on the outer border only.

Description

Laser Foil Labels for #7014-7016, 7074-7076 Pinfeed Foil Labels for #7014-7016, 7074-7076 Laser Flag Foil Labels for #7014-7016, 7074-7076 Laser Foil Labels for #7017 Laser Flag Foil Labels for #7017 Thermal Transfer Labels, 1" Core for #7014-7016, 7074-7076 Thermal Transfer Labels, 3" Core for #7014-7016, 7074-7076 Laser Foil Labels for #7004 Block

H

Dimensions WxH

Packaged

Setup

111⁄16 x 13⁄16

3,200/box

4 across; 8 down

111⁄16 x 13⁄16

3,200/roll

2 across

33⁄4 x 13⁄16

1,600/box

13⁄16 x 13⁄16 23⁄8 x 13⁄16 111⁄16 x 13⁄16

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

$118.90 $112.96 $107.01 86.60

82.27

77.94

2 across; 8 down

115.60 109.82

104.04

3,500/box 2,100/box 1,600/roll

5 across; 7 down 3 across; 7 down 1 across

118.90 112.96 115.60 109.82 91.00 86.45

107.01 104.04 81.90

111⁄16 x 13⁄16

1,600/roll

1 across

91.00

86.45

81.90

111⁄16 x 13⁄16

3,200/box

4 across; 4 down

113.00

107.35

101.70

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Thermal Transfer Strip Labels for Extra HighBarrier Blisters

A

B

• Label an entire strip of eight blisters at once. Thermal Transfer Labels print in strips of eight and fit our #7014-7016 and #7074-7076 Extra High-Barrier Blisters. • White thermal transfer paper has permanent adhesive. • Blank label can be customized and used as a “record” for the pharmacy. • 1" and 3" core sizes available. Both have 1,280 labels per roll.

A B

Item No.

18500 18501

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

Description

1-4

Thermal Transfer Strip Labels, 1" Core Thermal Transfer Strip Labels, 3" Core

$96.00 96.00

$91.20 91.20

Strip of 8!

$86.40 86.40

Save time and hassle printing your unit dose labels! We’ve created and included a predefined label template with our #5117 or 17545 Barcode Labeling Software on pages 115117. All you do is open the template, type information on the label and print! #6126 Labels printed with Barcode Wasp Labeling Software

Foam Sealing Trays • Holds blisters in place and helps expedite the filling and sealing process! • High-density Black foam. • Overall Dimensions: 7"W x 10"L x 3⁄4"H

Item No.

6468 C 6460 D 6472

C

Description

D

1-4

Foam Sealing Tray for #7017 Micro Extra High-Barrier Blister $10.00 Foam Sealing Tray for #7004 Extra High-Barrier Blister Block 10.00 Foam Sealing Tray for #7014, 7015, 7016, 7074, 7075 & 7076 Extra High-Barrier Blisters 10.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$9.50 9.50 9.50

$9.00 9.00 9.00

121


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC 1-YEAR DATING Class

A

A

B C

1" Deep

Item No.

A 7024 B 7025 C 7026

Description

1-4

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

Amber Round Extra High-Barrier Blister $80.00 $76.00 Green Round Extra High-Barrier Blister 80.00 76.00 Blue Round Extra High-Barrier Blister 80.00 76.00

$72.00 72.00 72.00

Blisters and labels are perforated for easy separation!

⁄8" Deep

3

E

D

F

Nesting ring allows easy separation of stacked blisters.

Item No.

D 7021 E 7022 F 7023

122

Description

1-4

Round-Cavity Extra High-Barrier Blisters Not all oral solid dose pharmaceuticals come in the same shapes and sizes, so various sized blister cavities are needed. • Our round cavity blisters conform to many round prescription and OTC medications for a better fit and protection. • Package more in less time! The 4 x 6 grid sheet allows you to fill 24 blisters at one time and then place an entire sheet of 24 labels over the grid to create a quick step process. • Made of a plastic laminate designed to meet the latest USP packaging requirements. This PVdC laminate provides the maximum in drug protection up to one year. • Blisters are available in Amber, Green and Blue to provide color-coding. Use of different colors is a great way to implement a system for fast movers, higher alert medications, type or use. • Amber and Green blisters meet USP requirements for protection of light sensitive medication. Blue blisters do not contain UV light protection. • Recommended for maximum protection to a drug product, when packaging drugs for extended periods of time or for environmentally sensitive drug products. • Round-Cavity Extra High-Barrier Blisters are to be used with Round-Cavity Extra High-Barrier Foil Labels. They are designed for use with these blisters to provide the seal needed to achieve oneyear drug protection. Laser labels are available. • Combination of blister and proper label affords the highest in moisture barrier protection properties. It also meets USP Class A package requirements, which is a one-year expiration date from the date of packaging. • Blisters stack and nest when empty to minimize storage space. Nesting rings allow easy separation of blisters. • 2,400 blisters per package; 4 down and 6 across • Blister Overall Dimensions: 13⁄16" x 13⁄16" • 2 Depths: Cavity Dimensions: 13⁄16" Dia. x 3⁄8" deep Cavity Dimensions: 13⁄16" Dia. x 1" deep

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

Amber Round Extra High-Barrier Blister $60.00 $57.00 Green Round Extra High-Barrier Blister 60.00 57.00 Blue Round Extra High-Barrier Blister 60.00 57.00

$54.00 54.00 54.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Foil Labels for Round-Cavity Extra High-Barrier Blisters Foil Labels are designed to fit round blisters to provide drug protection up to one year. • Labels have adhesive only on the border of the label. No adhesive is applied over the medication cavity and lift-open tabs. • 4,800 labels per package; 48 labels per sheet. Each sheet has two sets of grids (24 labels each grid). • 81⁄2"W x 11"H sheets for laser printers.

A

Predefined Templates in Wasp® Barcode Software. See pages 115-117.

Fits 3⁄8" & 1" Deep Round Blisters!

A

Item No.

6125

Tamper-evident blister and label combination

Description

Dimensions WxH

Setup

1-4

Laser Foil Labels for #7021-7026

13⁄16 x 13⁄16

6 across; 4 down

$118.90

Price per Package 5-9

$112.96

10 +

$107.01

Foam Sealing Tray & Rollers for Round Cavity-Blisters

B

• Holds Round Cavity Extra High-Barrier Blisters in place and helps expedite the filling and sealing process! • High-density Black foam.

Item No.

B 6461 6464 7088

Description

Foam Sealing Tray for 3⁄8" Round Blisters Foam Sealing Tray for 1" Round Blisters 4"W Roller for sealing

1-4

$10.00 10.00 16.80

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$9.50 9.50 15.96

$9.00 9.00 15.12

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

See page 433 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog for more roller information.

123


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC 1-YEAR DATING Class

A

A

6-MONTH DATING

B

Class

B

Condensed Extra High & High-Barrier Blisters • Smaller footprint allows blisters to fit and dispense trouble free from medication cassettes used in Omnicell’s OmniDispenser Module. • Another size option for Extra High-Barrier and High-Barrier Blisters. • Amber-color meets USP light transmission standards for light sensitive medications. Condensed Extra High-Barrier Blister (Class A, 1-year dating) • Amber Extra High-Barrier Blisters are available in Aclar® and PVdC. Both materials provide the highest in moisture barrier properties today and provide the maximum drug protection up to one year. • Recommended for maximum protection to a drug product, when packaging drugs for extended periods of time or for environmentally sensitive drug products. • When used with the Condensed Extra High-Barrier Foil Label that is designed specifically for this blister, it provides the seal to achieve one-year drug protection. This affords the highest in moisture barrier protection properties. It also meets USP Class A package requirements. • 1,600 blisters per package. Condensed High-Barrier (Class B, 6-month dating) • Combination of blister and label meets USP Class B package requirements which is a 6-month expiration date from the date of packaging. • Made from a thick mil PVC plastic. • 2,500 blisters per package.

This unit dose blister is compatible with Omnicell® OmniDispenser Module!

Blister Dimensions

Omnicell: 2M8710 medication cassette

A

Item No.

7019 7079

B

7007

Description

Qty.

Aclar Condensed Extra High-Barrier Blister PVdC Condensed Extra High-Barrier Blister Condensed High-Barrier Blister

1,600

1-4

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

$89.00 $84.55

$80.10

1,600

72.00

68.40

64.80

2,500

51.20

48.64

46.08

Label can be found on page 125.

OMNICELL® and OMNIRx® registered trademarks of Omnicell, Inc. in the United States and internationally. Aclar® is a registered trademark of Honeywell International, Inc.

124

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Foil Laser Labels for Condensed High-Barrier & Extra High-Barrier Blisters • Foil Labels are paper-topped labels with adhesive on the outer border only. • Available in sheets for laser printers. Barcode software for printing your labels is available on pages 115-117. • Use with the Condensed Extra High-Barrier Blister to provide one-year drug protection. • Combination of blister and label affords the highest in moisture barrier protection properties. It also meets USP Class A package requirements, which is a 1-year expiration date from the date of packaging. • Use with the Condensed HighBarrier Blister to meet USP Class B package requirements, which is a 6-month expiration date from the date of packaging. • 100 sheets per box; 4,000 total labels.

A

Laser labels should be stored at 70˚ to 80˚F and 50% relative humidity (±5%), away from heat sources and not exposed to direct sunlight. Labels should be stored in the room in which they will be printed at least 48 hours prior to printing. Not for use with thermal printers.

A

Description

Dimensions WxH

Setup

Laser Foil Labels for #7007, 7019 & 7079

11⁄2 x 13⁄16

4 across; 10 down

Item No.

6123

Predefined Templates in Wasp® Barcode Software. See pages 115-117.

1-4

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

$106.50 $101.18

$95.85

B

Foam Sealing Tray for #7007 High-Barrier, 7019 & 7079 Extra High-Barrier Condensed Blisters Item No.

B 6462

• Holds condensed blisters in place and helps expedite the filling and sealing process! • High-density Black foam. • Overall Dimensions: 81⁄2"W x 11"L x 3⁄4"H

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

Foam Sealing Tray for #7007 High-Barrier, 7019 & 7079 Extra High-Barrier Blisters

$10.00

$9.50

$9.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

125


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Amber & Clear High-Barrier Blisters

6-MONTH DATING Class

• We recommend the Amber or Clear High-Barrier Blisters with foil labels for medium protection of a drug product. • Made from a thick-mil PVC plastic and packaged two blisters wide and 10 blisters long. X-large is 7 blisters long. • Amber blisters are available in five sizes - keyhole, small, medium, large and extra large. Clear blisters are available in small, medium and large. • This combination of blisters with the foil labels on pages 128-129 meet USP Class B package requirements, which is a 6-month expiration from the date of packaging. • 2,500 blisters per package.

B

D

C

B

E

A

All of our amber blisters meet the USP light transmission standards for light sensitive drugs.

Blister Dimensions

A

KEYHOLE 13/4" 44mm

1" 25mm 3/8" 10mm

3/8"/10mm

FRONT VIEW

SMALL B

SIDE VIEW

1" 25mm 1/2" 13mm

13/4" 44mm 1/4"/6mm

FRONT VIEW

MEDIUM

3/8" 10mm

C

A

126

13/4" 44mm 7/16"/11mm

FRONT VIEW

B

C

11/16" 27mm

SIDE VIEW

1" 25mm 1/2" 13mm

11/16" 27mm

11/16" 27mm 1" 25mm

SIDE VIEW

D

E

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Try our

Amber blisters are available in five sizes. Clear blisters are available in three.

X-Large BLISTER

if you are packaging large tablets or capsules.

D

Blister Dimensions LARGE

1" 25mm

13/4" 44mm

1/2" 13mm

11/16" 27mm

1/2"/13mm

E

1" 25mm

3/8"

10mm

FRONT VIEW

SIDE VIEW

X-LARGE 11/2" 38mm

13/4" 44mm

15/16" 24mm

13/16" 30mm

9/16"/14mm

11/16" 27mm

3/4" 19mm

FRONT VIEW

A B C D E F G H

Item No.

7006 7013 7012 7011 7010 7213 7212 7211

F

SIDE VIEW

Description

Keyhole Amber Blister Small Amber Blister Medium Amber Blister Large Amber Blister X-Large Amber Blister Small Clear Blister Medium Clear Blister Large Clear Blister

F

1-4

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

$53.90 $51.21 $48.51 53.90 51.21 48.51 53.90 51.21 48.51 53.90 51.21 48.51 81.00 76.95 72.90 48.70 46.27 43.83 48.70 46.27 43.83 48.70 46.27 43.83

G

G

H

H

See page 124 for Condensed High-Barrier Blister. Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

127


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Foil Labels for High-Barrier Blisters • Use with High-Barrier Blisters on pages 124, 126 & 127 to meet USP Class B package requirements, which is a 6-month expiration from the date of packaging. • For pinfeed computer printers or in sheets for laser printers. Barcode software for printing your Laser and Pinfeed Labels is on pages 115-117. Can’t fit all important information on your label? Try our #6024 (B) Flag Foil Labels! • Adhesive-backed print area for typical drug label information (i.e. drug name, strength, dosage form, lot number, NDC#, barcode, etc.) • Additional print area serves as a flag for drug or patient specific information: warning/caution label messages, patient drug allergy information, drug interaction information, storage condition information, administration instruction information or handling instructions.

A

• Use the flag area for patient name, room number and doctor’s name.

B

Flag Dimensions : 1/32”W Dimensions: 2"W x x1"H 2Flag x 1”H (52mm 25mm) flag area for additional information (no adhesive) Patient: John Smith Room #: 164B Doctor: S. Robins

covers blister

Laser labels should be stored at 70˚ to 80˚F with 50% relative humidity (±5%), away from heat sources and not exposed to direct sunlight. Labels should be stored in the room in which they will be printed at least 48 hours prior to printing.

0054408425 Does not fit the X-Large High-Barrier Blister.

• Use the flag to capture drug charges and minimize medication errors.

C

Adhesive doesn't come into contact with drug.

D

G

H

F E Fanfolded and roll labels are not designed to be used in thermal printers.

128

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Direct Thermal Labels for High-Barrier Blisters

For 3" cores use our External Media Loader #18323 on page 464 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

• Fits our keyhole, small, medium and large HighBarrier Blisters on pages 126-127. • Use with Wasp® Thermal Printer #17268 and most other thermal printers. (The #17268 is designed for 1" core labels like the #17295, but our 18323 External Media Loader is available for use with 3" cores. • No adhesive is applied over the medication cavity and lift-open tabs. • Labels features a 1⁄8" gap between labels so that most thermal printers sense the start and stop of the label. • 1,600 per roll. • To be applied one at a time. Cannot be applied in strips.

See pages 115-117 for Barcode Labeling Software. Free instructions are also included for using MS Word to print labels.

Predefined Templates in Wasp® Barcode Software. See pages 115-117.

Item No.

17295

17294

Item No.

A B C D E F G H

6118 6024 6122 6010 6015 6031 7048 7046

Description

Dimensions

Pkg.

Direct Thermal Labels, 1" Core Direct Thermal Labels, 3" Core

13⁄4 x 1

1,600/roll

13⁄4 x 1

1,600/roll

Description

Dimensions WxH

Laser Foil Labels Laser Flag Foil Labels Laser X-Large Foil Labels Pinfeed Foil Labels Pinfeed Foil Labels Pinfeed X-Large Foil Labels Pinfeed Foil Labels Foil Labels

13⁄4 x 1 33⁄4 x 1 13⁄4 x 11⁄2 13⁄4 x 1 13⁄4 x 1 13⁄4 x 11⁄2 13⁄4 x 1 13⁄4 x 1

Foam Sealing Trays for High-Barrier Blisters

Packaged

Setup

Price Per Roll 5-9 10 +

1-4

$76.90 $73.06 $69.21 76.90

1-4

73.06

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

4,000/box 4 across; 10 down $108.80 $103.36 2,000/box 2 across; 10 down 115.60 109.82 2,800/box 4 across; 7 down 72.60 68.97 2,500/roll 2 across 38.40 36.48 2,500/box/fanfold 2 across 38.40 36.48 2,500/box/fanfold 3 across 59.00 56.05 5,000/roll 2 across 74.80 71.06 1,000/roll 1 across 11.30 10.74

I

69.21

$97.92 104.04 65.34 34.56 34.56 53.10 67.32 10.17

J

• Holds High-Barrier Blisters in place helps expedite the filling and sealing process! • High-density Black foam.

Multi-blister sealing in one easy step! Item No.

I 6470 J 6473 6469 6471

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

Foam Sealing Tray for #7011, 7012, 7013, 7211, 7212, 7213 High-Barrier Blisters Foam Sealing Tray for #7006 Keyhole High-Barrier Blisters Foam Sealing Tray for #7010 X-Large High-Barrier Blisters 7 down Foam Sealing Tray for #7010 X-Large High-Barrier Blisters 6 down

$10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00

$9.50 9.50 9.50 9.50

$9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

129


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC 30 DAY DATING Class

D

A

Amber & Clear Budget Blisters • Moderately priced blister and label combination provide minimal storage protection. Classified as a USP Class D package, which expires 30 days from date of packaging. See page 131 for labels. • Made from a thinner-mil PVC plastic. • Budget Blisters in combination with paper labels are ideal in situations where rapid drug inventory turnover is experienced. • 2,500 blisters per package.

Blister Dimensions SMALL 1" 25mm 1/2" 13mm 3 /8" 10mm

B

5

/16"/8mm

FRONT VIEW

MEDIUM

1" 25mm 1 /2" 13mm 3/8" 10mm

SIDE VIEW 13/4" 44mm 7

/16"/11mm

FRONT VIEW 1" 25mm 1 /2" 13mm

1

/2"/13mm

5

/16" 8mm

A B C D

130

7315 7313 7312 7311

13/4" 44mm 11/8" 29mm

SIDE VIEW

Clear blisters available in small medium and large. Amber blister available in small. See the line drawings above for detailed measurements.

D

Item No.

1" 25mm

15 /16" 24mm

FRONT VIEW

B

A

11/8" 29mm

SIDE VIEW

LARGE C

13/4" 44mm 11/8" 29mm 11/32" 26mm

C

Description

1-4

Small Amber Budget Blister Small Clear Budget Blister Medium Clear Budget Blister Large Clear Budget Blister

$31.80 29.30 29.30 29.30

D

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

$30.21 27.84 27.84 27.84

$28.62 26.37 26.37 26.37

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Paper Labels for Budget Blisters

A

• Use with Budget Blisters on page 130 to provide minimal storage protection and classify as a USP Class D package, which is good for 30 days from date of packaging. Two styles available: • #6110 and 6116 are one-piece construction with adhesive on the outer border only. • #7052 and 7054 are two-piece construction. The medication cavity and lift-open tabs are protected by a second ply of paper backing to prevent the adhesive from coming in contact with the drug. • For pinfeed computer printers or in sheets for laser printers. Barcode software for printing your labels is available on pages 115-117.

C

E

B

D

The integrity of the package is dependent on the application or sealing of the label(s) to the blister(s). The use of a roller is recommended to provide the maximum protection for the drug in the package.

Laser labels should be stored at 70˚ to 80˚F with 50% relative humidity (±5%), away from heat sources and not exposed to direct sunlight. Not for use with thermal printers. Laser labels are packaged in a paperboard box for convenient storage and protection. #6110, 6116, 7052 and 7054 (A-D) can be used with small, medium and large blisters.

Predefined Templates in Wasp® Barcode Software. See pages 115-117.

A B C D E

Item No.

6110 6116 7052 7054 6473

Description

Pinfeed Paper Labels Laser Paper Labels Pinfeed Paper Labels Paper Labels Foam Sealing Tray for Budget Blisters

Dimensions WxH

13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4

x x x x

1 1 1 1

Packaged

Setup

1-4

5,000/Roll 2 across $38.50 4,000/Box 4 across; 10 down 33.40 5,000/Roll 2 across 37.00 2,000/Roll 1 across 9.60 10.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Price 5-9

10 +

$36.58 31.73 35.15 9.12 9.50

$34.65 30.06 33.30 8.64 9.00

131


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC 30 DAY DATING Class

D

A

B

C

Amber & Clear Compact Budget Blisters • Smaller footprint occupies less space in automated dispensing machines. • In situations where rapid drug inventory turnover is experienced, our Compact Budget Blisters in combination with their paper labels are often used. • Made from a thinner-mil PVC plastic. • Blister and label combination provide minimal storage protection and are classified as a USP Class D package, which is good for 30 days from date of packaging. • Available in Regular or Deep Clear plastic and Regular Amber plastic. See the line drawings below for detailed measurements. • Amber compact Regular Budget Blisters are available in strips of 20 and strips of 10 for laser labels. • 2,500 blisters per package.

Blister Dimensions A

COMPACT REGULAR

1" 25mm 9 /16" 14mm

11/2" 38mm 11/8" 29mm

1

/4"/6mm

COMPACT DEEP

1" 25mm 9/16" 14mm 3 /8" 10mm

B

11/2" 38mm 11/8" 29mm

1

/2"/13mm

15/16" 24mm

FRONT VIEW

Smaller footprint occupies little space in automated dispensing cabinets.

C

Compact budget blisters and labels protect drugs for 30 days.

A B C

Item No.

6515 6515-06 6513 6512

132

SIDE VIEW

A

B

C

Description

1-4

Price per Package 5-9

10 +

Compact Regular Amber Blister, strips of 10 Compact Regular Amber Blister, strips of 20 Compact Regular Clear Blister Compact Deep Clear Blister

$31.20 31.20 26.60 26.60

$29.64 29.64 25.27 25.27

$28.08 28.08 23.94 23.94

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

Paper Labels for Compact Budget Blisters • Designed specifically for the Compact Budget Blisters on page 132. • Available on a roll, fanfolded or in laser format for most printers. Barcode software for printing your labels is available on pages 115-117.

A

B

Predefined Templates in Wasp® Barcode Software. See pages 115-117.

C D

A B C D

Item No.

7030 7035 6113 6473

Description

Dimensions WxH

Pinfeed Paper Labels 11⁄2 x 1 Pinfeed Paper Labels 11⁄2 x 1 Laser Paper Labels 11⁄2 x 1 Foam Sealing Tray for Compact Blisters

Packaged

Setup

5,000/Roll 2,500/Box 4,000/Box

3 across 3 across 4 across x 10 down

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

1-4

$36.50 20.90 37.40 10.00

Price 5-9

10 +

$34.68 19.86 35.53 9.50

$32.85 18.81 33.66 9.00

133


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Unit Dose Dispensing Cup & Cap • Unique unit dose dispensing system features a tamper-evident dispensing cup. • When filled with premeasured liquid medication and secured by snapping the caps onto the bottom*, the only way to access the medication is to bend the pointed top to the side and break it off to open the cup. Once broken, it is a clear indication of tampering. • Often used in methadone clinics. The patient takes the medication in a designated area and leaves the broken cup when finished. • Store with the long pointed tops up so they can be easily grasped for filling or dispensing. The 15mL capacity cups are Semi-Clear polypropylene plastic. • 750 cups and caps per package.

A

Item No.

Description

A 7734 Unit Dose Dispensing Cup & Cap

Price per Package

$258.80

* Handpress required for sealing caps.

Simplifies & saves time during the filling & sealing process of the Unit Dose Dispensing Cup.

Handpress & Holder Kit for Unit Dose Dispensing Cup • Securely seals the caps to the bottom of the Unit Dose Dispensing Cups, which eliminates hand fatigue and streamlines the process. Ideal when preparing multiple cups during large runs. • Holder accommodates two rows of five cups side by side. • Holder is made of a highdensity polyethylene. Clean with mild detergent and water. • Handpress is constructed of stainless steel. • Handpress Dimensions: 9"L x 21⁄2"W x 53⁄8"H • Holder Dimensions: 3"L x 9"W x 33⁄8"H

B

Holder has 1" Dia. holes. Item No.

B

134

9943

Description

Handpress and Holder Kit for Unit Dose Dispensing Cup

Price Each

$229.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Disposable Ampule Breaker

A

• Reduces the chances of finger cuts and cross contamination. • Glass ampules can be safely opened by snapping the top of the ampule breaker to the side, thus breaking the top of the ampule off at the neck of the bottle. • 100 per package. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 21⁄16"L x 11⁄4"W

A

Item No.

Eliminates sterilization!

Price per Package 1-4 5-9 10 +

Description

10273 Disposable Ampule Breaker $11.60

A safe way to break open ampules!

$11.02 $10.44

B

C

D

D D

Punch Card Rack & Divider • A Velcro® strap positions against punch cards to hold them upright. • Holds approximately 25 to 30 punch cards. • Outside Dimensions with Carrying Handles: 161⁄2"L x 73⁄8"W x 8"H • Card Storage Area Dimensions: 145⁄8"L x 71⁄8"W x 51⁄8"H Divider • Tabbed White vinyl divider organizes punch cards in rack or bin. • Dimensions: 67⁄8"W x 815⁄16"H • The tab is 315⁄16"W x 1"H Item No.

B 1835 C 6215-01

Description

Price Each

Punch Card Rack Punch Card Divider

$17.20 1.70

Dose Mark Label • Excellent for premarking oral dispensers to assure correct liquid dosing is achieved. • This Clear polyester label can be applied to plastic and glass dispensers to mark the dose to be administered. • 800 per package. Item No.

Description

D 2559-01 Dose Mark Label

Price per Pkg.

$26.90

Velcro® is a registered trademark of Velcro Industries B.V.

BD Tamper-Tuf™ Vials with Caps can be found on page 461 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

Handpress & Holder for BD Tamper-Tuf™ Vials with Caps • Stainless steel handpress eliminates hand fatigue and improves productivity when closing lids on the top of the 15 and 30mL BD Tamper-Tuf™ Vial Caps. • Adjustable plastic holder secures the vial. It accommodates eight vials side by side. Can be cleaned with soap and water. • Holder can be easily reconfigured to accommodate different-sized vials. • Holder Dimensions: 14"L x 11⁄2"W x 2"H Vial Holes: 15⁄16" Dia.

Item No.

E 9944

E

Description

Price Each

Handpress & Holder Kit for BD Tamper-Tuf Vials with Caps

$229.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

135


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Medication Warming Cabinets

A

• Warms medications such as Mannitol and provides storage in a temperaturemaintained environment to prevent drugs from crystallizing. • The heat generated from a 40-watt bulb (not included) will maintain the temperature range of 95º to 122ºF (35º to 50Cº). Monitoring is recommended, as temperatures will vary. • Durable high-quality melamine. Available with or without viewing window, with or without key lock. • Powered by 110V. All components are UL approved. • An 8' power cord and protective light bulb cage are included. • Outside Dimensions: 18"W x 12"H x 123⁄4"D • Inside Dimensions: 161⁄2"W x 101⁄2"H x 113⁄16"D

Cage removes to change bulb

See pages 283-295 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog for temperature monitoring devices.

C

B

Item No.

A 5133 5134 B 5157 C 5158

beige

Description

Price Each

Medication Warming Cabinet Medication Warming Cabinet w/Window Medication Warming Cabinet w/Lock Medication Warming Cabinet w/Window & Lock

cherry

gray

maple

oak

$210.00 249.00 219.00 259.00

white

Cabinet color options. Specify color when ordering.

136

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Tamper-Resistant IV Bag Protector A

• Clear plastic protector helps control tampering with infusions of morphine and other controlled substances. • IV Bags are placed inside the clamshell and are hung by the peg molded into the protector. The protector is then closed and sealed with security seals. • Designed for 500 and 1,000mL bags. • Outside Dimensions: 61⁄8"W x 133⁄4"H x 31⁄2"D

Great For IV Bags During Transport

secure with seals

peg

See pages 241-273 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog for security seals.

Item No.

Description

1-9

A 11921 Tamper-Resistant $3.10 IV Bag Protector

Price Each 10 - 19 20 - 29

$3.01

$2.95

ECONOMICAL enough to be disposed of with bags.

30 +

$2.79

IV Locking Boxes • Clear plastic box secures large volume infusions of morphine and other controlled substance medications. • Three locking options: Keyless digital lock uses a four-digit code. Key lock includes two keys, key lanyard and a hook. Locks are keyed differently. Combination lock allows keyless access. • Slot in the bottom of the box allows for pass-through of IV set. • Accommodate bags up to 500mL with bag ports fitting inside box. Most 1,000mL bags can also be used, with bag ports located outside of box. • Outside Box Dimensions: 51⁄8"W x 103⁄4"H x 31⁄2"D

B

B C D

Item No.

17842 1559-01 1567

C

D

Description

Price Each

IV Locking Box, Keyless Entry Digital Lock IV Locking Box, Key Lock IV Locking Box, Combination Lock

$176.00 88.00 105.60

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

137


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Double Lock-to-Pole IV Lock Boxes

A

• IV lock box holds two IV bags and locks to the pole to protect controlled substance infusions from tampering and theft. • Box also acts as a patient safety tool to help prevent accidental additions to the bag. • Durable Clear 3⁄16" acrylic provides durability for everyday use. • Choose from Key Lock, Keyless Entry Digital Lock or Dial Combination Lock options. • Accommodates two IV bags up to 1,000mL each. For users of 1,000mL IV bags, ports will be outside the box. • Locks to pole sizes up to 7⁄8" Dia. • Dimensions: 11"W x 103⁄4"H x 33⁄8"D

Keyless Entry Digital Lock

Item No.

Description

A 18638 Double Lock-to-Pole IV Lock Box, Key Lock 18634 Double Lock-to-Pole IV Lock Box, Keyless Entry Digital Lock 18635 Double Lock-to-Pole IV Lock Box, Dial Combination Lock

Price Each

$119.00 195.00 129.00

Custom Colors and Imprinting Available. Contact our Customer Service.

Transparent Green

Dial Combination Lock

Custom Color Options Opaque Black

Opaque Blue

Opaque White

Transparent Transparent Blue Green

Transparent Blue

138

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Lock-To-Pole IV Lock Boxes • Dual clamps on the inside of the box snap onto the pole. When the door is closed and secured, the box is locked onto the pole and cannot be removed without having access to the inside of the box. • Made of Clear PETG material, which provides durability for everyday use. • Choose standard key option or keyless digital lock. • Models with key locks are keyed alike. Contact Customer Service for different keying options. • Models with Keyless Entry Digital Locks use a four-digit code and offer immediate access control. It features three levels of user access (no audit trail). • Accommodates IV bag sizes up to 1,000mL. For users of 1,000mL IV bags, ports will be outside the box. • Locks to pole sizes up to 7⁄8" Dia. • Dimensions: 71⁄2"W x 101⁄2"H x 41⁄2"D

A

B

IV Locking Boxes lock onto your IV Pole!

50mL Item No.

A 17938 B 17958

100mL

250mL

500mL

Description

Price Each

Lock-To-Pole IV Lock Box with Key Lock Lock-To-Pole IV Lock Box with Keyless Entry Digital Lock

$99.00 176.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

1,000mL

139


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC A

IV Pole Securing System

• Stainless steel clamp, with combination padlock and cable, attaches to the IV pole and can be tethered to a fixed location such as the wall, bed or cabinet, where the second combination padlock locks the cable to the eyelet on the adhesive-backed pad. Results are a secured IV pole. • Before affixing the adhesive-backed pad, be sure the surface is clean and dry. The adhesive on the pad is very aggressive and makes it extremely difficult to remove. Locks can be Consider the placement to be a permanent custom engraved. location. • Two three-digit chrome combination padlocks are included. It is very easy to change the combination for control and security purposes. Additional combination padlocks are also available. • Cable is 2 feet in length. (Custom Cable lengths can be ordered for a small charge and shipped within five working days.) • Padlocks can be custom engraved with a number, name or other information. Pharmacy personnel can track each custom engraved padlock and its combination with a spreadsheet. They can then send out a unique combination when new meds are delivered. Only authorized personnel who have been given the combination by the pharmacy staff via phone, email, voicemail or text can remove the pole. Call Customer Service for more information on the lock custom engraving.

A

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

IV Pole Securing System

$75.00

$71.25

$67.50

Item No.

A 18664

C B

White light on top

Compact Size B

Black light on bottom

IV Inspection Light Boxes • Determine the absence or inclusion of particulates in compounded sterile drug products and perform finished preparation release checks for purity and quality. • Physical inspection of the compounded sterile product (CSP) is achieved against lighted White and Black backgrounds. • 4" Dia., 4X magnifying glass allows for close visual inspection. Flexible arm permits easy movement. • Consists of one Black UV and one White fluorescent light. Lights include 15W bulbs and a 5' cord.

140

Flexible arm with magnifier

��� One 110V wall outlet is needed for operation. Both lights are independently operated. • Predrilled mounting holes. • #17108 Compact Outside Dimensions: 161⁄2"W x 161⁄2"H x 51⁄2"D • #17109 Outside Dimensions: 193⁄4"W x 241⁄2"H x 7"D Item No.

B 17108 C 17109

Description

Price Each

Compact IV Inspection Light Box IV Inspection Light Box

$156.20 217.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu 1

2

Insert Mini-Bag

Insert Vial

4

3

Press

Finished Product

Mini-Bag Applicator • Lets user easily dock medication vials to Baxter® Mini-Bag Plus containers one at a time. • Designed for vials up to 50mL with 20mm caps. • Heavy-duty White plastic Mini-Bag Applicator is portable and can be kept in the pharmacy, medication rooms, on a cart or near an automated dispensing machine. • Dimensions: 10"L x 4"W x 91⁄4"H Item No.

A 18566

Description

Price Each

Mini-Bag Applicator

$135.00

Baxter® is a registered trademark of Baxter Healthcare Corporation.

Multi-Purpose Vial Holder • Clear acrylic holder with 14 holes in 1.04" and 1.35" diameters keeps vials organized. • Overall Dimensions of Vial Holder: 113⁄4"L x 3"W x 17⁄16"H Item No.

Description

B 18536 Multi-Purpose Vial Holder

Price

$20.00

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

141


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

High Alert Insulin Bins & Tray See next page for product information & pricing.

A

B

Bin comes prelabeled!

C

Great for use in a refrigerator!

142

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

D

High Alert Insulin Bins & Tray • Red bins and Clear PETG trays, all with lids, dividers and warning labels, help prevent drug picking and administration errors by requiring action in two steps for retrieving insulins: 1.) Read the warning labels on the outside and 2.) Lift the lid to retrieve the medication. • Bins are available in three sizes: Smaller (with one Black divider), Small (with one Clear divider) and Large (with two Clear dividers). • Large Bin, Small Bin and Tray have labels that read HIGH ALERT INSULINS (White label with Red text) and STOP POTENTIAL ERROR DOUBLE CHECK (Red label with Black text). • Smaller Bin labels read HIGH ALERT (Red with White Text) and HIGH ALERT INSULINS (White with Red text). • Tray with five Clear dividers to separate vials in six rows. Tray fits in HCL Locking Refrigerator Boxes #17508 and 17528. • Large Bin Dimensions: 107⁄8"L x 11"W x 5"H • Small Bin Dimensions: 107⁄8"L x 41⁄8"W x 4"H • Smaller Bin Dimensions: 73⁄8"L x 41⁄8"W x 3"H • Tray Overall Dimensions: 81⁄8"W x 23⁄4"H x 43⁄4"D

A B C D

Item No.

17269 17261 18558 18560

Description

Large High Alert Insulin Bin Small High Alert Insulin Bin Smaller High Alert Insulin Bin Covered High Alert Insulin Tray

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$24.80 21.80 10.00 26.00

$23.56 20.71 9.50 24.70

$22.32 19.62 9.00 23.40

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

143


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

A

Additional labels sold on pages 588-589 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

High Alert Paralytic Agent Bins • Orange bins with dividers and Clear lids keep paralytic agents neat, visible and help eliminate potential medication storage and dispensing errors. • Available in Small or Large. All bins include one High Alert Caution label and two Paralytic Agent labels. • Dimensions: Small Bin: 107⁄8"L x 41⁄8"W x 4"H Large Bin: 107⁄8"L x 11"W x 5"H

Item No.

Description

A 17354 Small High Alert Paralytic Agent Bin B 18605 Large High Alert Paralytic Agent Bin

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$21.80 24.80

$20.71 23.56

$19.62 22.32

B

144

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu High Alert For Intrathecal Use Bin • Distinctive Yellow High Alert bin with Clear lid and vibrant warning labels requires two action steps to retrieve intrathecal drugs: 1.) Read the warning labels on the outside of the bin and 2.) Lift the lid to retrieve the medication. • High alert medication storage system helps prevent picking and administration errors. Labels read FOR INTRATHECAL USE (Yellow with Black text) and HIGH ALERT CAUTION (Yellow with Black text) they serve as unmistakable reminders to read and verify before use. • Includes one Black divider. • Dimensions: 73⁄8"L x 41⁄8"W x 3"H

A

Additional labels sold on page 588-589 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

Item No.

Description

1-4

A 18559 High Alert for Intrathecal Use Bin $10.00

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$9.50

$9.00

Error Prevention Labels for Automated Dispensing Cabinets • These reverse adhesive removable Clear vinyl labels attach to the underside of compartment or bin lids within automated dispensing cabinets to alert the user of medications that require special attention or pose a risk or error. These won’t work like a standard adhesive label and will appear reversed when removing from the liner. Once attached to the underside of a clear or translucent style lid, the label print appears normal. • By applying to the underside of a lid, the labels aren’t accidentally removed by handling of lids and are more secure. If you wish to have these labels available in normal adhesive to apply to the outer part of a lid or to another product, please contact our Customer Service Team for details. We have numerous options for custom printed labels. • Octagon Label Dimensions: 13⁄8" x 13⁄8" • Circle Label Dimensions: 13⁄4" • 100 labels per package.

B C D E F

Item No.

17535 17534 17866 17867 2802

B C

E

D

BLACK BUCKET WASTE

INSULIN DISCARD AFTER 28 DAYS

Description

High Alert Agent Octagon Vinyl Label Look Alike Sound Alike Octagon Vinyl Label Insulin Discard after 28 Days Octagon Vinyl Label Black Bucket Waste Octagon Vinyl Label Shortage Alert Medication Change Circle Vinyl Label

Price per 100

$16.60 16.60 16.60 16.60 16.60

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Attach Labels to underside of lid! F

SHORTAGE ALERT

MEDICATION CHANGE 145


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC A

High Alert Vial Ring • Red vial ring with “HIGH ALERT” warning raises awareness for high alert medication and helps prevent dispensing errors. • Flexible Lexan ring encourages users to stop and double check medication before administering. • 10 per package. • Dimensions: 13⁄4" Dia.

Item No.

A 18540

Description

High Alert Vial Ring

Price per Package 1-4 5-9 10 +

$2.00

$1.90

$1.80

Preprinted Flag Labels

B

• Flag labels with five preprinted messages solve small product labeling needs and help prevent medication errors. • Flag receipt can either fold over to create an easy-toread, double-sided label or the receipt can be removed at the perforation and applied to charts, records and packaging for traceability and accountability. • 2,000 per box. • Dimensions: 37⁄8"W x 3⁄4"H

C

D

E

F

B C D E F

Item No.

17436 17437 17438 17875 17876

146

Description

Look-Alike/Sound-Alike High Alert Double Check Paralyzing Agent Use with Caution Caution Chemotherapy Drug Pediatric Medication

1-4

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

$63.80 63.80 63.80 63.80 63.80

$60.61 60.61 60.61 60.61 60.61

$57.42 57.42 57.42 57.42 57.42

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

Unique center sheet perforation allows the full 81⁄2" x 11" sheet to be separated into two 41⁄4" x 11" sheets. Print one half now and the other later.

Clear material will not impede labeling or graduations at the point of attachment.

The #6034 thermal transfer roll allows printing of one label at a time.

Receipt can be removed at the perforation and applied to charts, records and packaging for traceability and accountability.

Predefined Templates in Wasp® Barcode Software. See pages 115-117.

Item No.

6028 6034 6029 6030

Description

White Flag & Receipt Labels Thermal Transfer White Flag/Receipt Solid Color Flag & Receipt Labels Half Color Flag & Receipt Labels

Dimensions WxH

37⁄8 37⁄8 37⁄8 37⁄8

x x x x

⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 3 3

Laser

yes no yes yes

Packaged

Setup

2,000/box 2 across; 10 down 2,000/roll 1 across 2,000/box 2 across; 10 down 2,000/box 2 across; 10 down

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

1-4

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

$61.50 118.40 71.40 71.40

$58.43 112.48 67.83 67.83

$55.35 106.56 64.26 64.26

147


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

A

B

ded

Left-Han

pill Counter Dispensing chute lid latches when closed to prevent accidental opening while filling vials.

HCL Pill Counters • Why should one counter be used for right and left-handed people? We offer two separate high-quality counters designed specifically for right and left-handed users! • Essential tool for pharmacists and pharmacy technicians to count and dispense from stock bottles to dispensing vials without touching hands. • Includes counting spatula with ergonomical grip for easy handling. • Tray features a docking slot that stores the spatula with the tray. • Hinged lid covering the dispensing chute latches when closed to prevent accidental opening while filling vials. • Counter bottoms are designed to provide stability during use. • Deep Blue color allows pills and powder traces to contrast with tray. • Great promotional giveaway! Counters are available blank for private labeling. Contact Customer Service for options and pricing. • Tray is made of ABS plastic and Clear chute lid is made of polycarbonate plastic. • Packaged individually in a white paperboard box. Contact • Outside Dimensions: 73⁄4"L x 61⁄8"W x 13⁄8"H CUSTOMER

SERVICE about private labeling options!

Meds contrast with Deep Blue counter color, allowing for a better visual of medication.

Tray has a docking slot for spatula! Ergonomical grip counting spatula.

Item No.

A 7147 B 7148

148

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

Right-Handed Pill Counter Left-Handed Pill Counter

$8.20 8.20

$7.79 7.79

$7.38 7.38

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Triangular Tablet Counter • An automatic calculation of how many tablets you have, according to the number of rows filled, is printed on the tablet counter. • Any size spherical or cylindrical tablet will work in the counter. Oval and oblong tablets will not work. • The amount of rows and tablets the counter holds depends on the size of the tablets. The chart will calculate up to 22 rows holding 253 tablets. • Custom imprinting available. Contact Customer Service. • Overall Dimensions: 71⁄4"L sides with the two sides having a 1 ⁄2"H lip.

Item No.

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

Calculation Chart

A

10 +

A 7150-01 Triangular Tablet Counter $16.40 $15.58 $14.76

Patient Privacy Label

B

• Protect sensitive patient information and meet HIPAA standards with these Opaque Blue labels that wrap over prescription vials, punch cards, syringes and IV bags. • Two rolls of 500; 1,000 labels per package • Dimensions: 3"W x 17⁄8"H

B

Item No.

7038

Description

Price per Package 1-4 5-9 10 +

Patient Privacy Label

$96.40 $91.58 $86.76

Tamperresistant slits cause the label to selfdestruct upon attempted removal or removal.

C

Plastic Mixing Slab • Durable plastic slab has a non-stick surface to allow for easy clean up after mixing compounds and ointments. • Lasts longer than glass or paper because it will not break or rip. • Since this slab is thicker than most, it can be handled without touching the top mixing surface. • Clean with soap and water or alcohol. Should not be autoclaved. • Dimensions: 5"L x 9"W x 1⁄2"H Item No.

C 3096

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

Plastic Mixing Slab

$46.80

$44.46

$42.12

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

149


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC HCL Graduated Flow-Thru Cylinder A

USE with

® ner i a t i b u the C tilled or a Dis le! ott Water B

Inst ruc Gui tion de

Replaceable water dispensing tips.

• Deliver up to 150mL of water with one-handed operation. • Cylinder is made of PETG plastic to provide exceptional durability and clarity. • Color-coded valves to indicate water flow position: Red Out - Off, Blue Out - On. • Audible click when turning water flow on and off. • Easy-to-read black graduations in 2mL increments; clearly read from all sides. • Accurately delivers measured volume of water. • Angled water director directs water flow to cylinder wall and prevents bubbles. • Snap off top cap for easy cleaning of cylinder. • Air venting cap allows fast flow of water through a series of air displacement channels. • Unobtrusive wall-mounting clamp is included. Volumes can be easily read on a mounted cylinder. • Luer connection can easily be removed and replaced with a new tip. Five replacement tips are included. • Use with the Cubitainer or a distilled water bottle. • Cubitainer adapter fitting allows the Graduated Flow-Thru Cylinder to be hooked to a Cubitainer. • Includes: Cylinder with Removable Cap, Color-Coded Water Flow Valves (1- top and 1 - bottom), 5 - Replaceable Water Dispensing Tips, 36" Kink-Free Tubing, Rubber Stopper, Mounting Bracket with Hardware, Cubitainer Adapter Fitting and Instruction Guide. Item No.

A 11552

Description

HCL Graduated Flow-Thru Cylinder Kit

Price

$47.50

Cubitainer® is a registered trademark of Hedwin Corp.

Color-coded water flow valve easily connects and disconnects

Calibrated Window Strip Vials, Droppers & Caps • 1 oz. (30mL) plastic window strip vial in Amber and White is calibrated from 4 to 30mL to ensure accuracy and patient safety. • Unique clear window strip lets users quickly see the amount of medication in the container. • Calibrated vials and droppers are perfect for delivering oral liquid narcotics. • Black Dropper has nine calibrations from .2 to 1mL. • White dropper is calibrated .25, .5, .75 and 1mL and in 5, 10, 15 and 20 mg. • White screw on caps make it easy to protect vial contents. • 25 per package.

B C

Item No.

17868 17869

150

B

C

New Wider Strip for Better Visability.

Description

Vial Opening

1-4

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

Amber Window Strip Vial w/ White Calibrated Dropper White Window Strip Vial w/ White Calibrated Dropper

12.7mm 12.7mm

$22.80 20.70

$21.66 19.67

$20.52 18.63

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Reclosable Bags Clear Single-Track Zipper (2-mil thick) Item No.

7501 7504 7507 7511 7513 7516 7519 7521 7522 7525 7528 7591 7527 7523 7530 7593 7594 7529 7595 7596 7531 7597 7598 7599

Dimensions WxH

1-4

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

2x2 2x3 2x6 2x8 3x3 3x4 3x5 3 x 12 4x4 4x6 4x8 5x7 5x8 6x4 6x6 6x8 6x9 6 x 10 8x8 8 x 10 9 x 12 10 x 13 12 x 12 12 x 15

$6.90 7.00 8.60 8.80 8.10 8.20 8.60 13.50 9.20 10.20 10.40 8.90 10.50 10.20 10.50 11.00 11.40 12.80 13.80 15.80 20.80 22.30 24.00 30.80

$6.56 6.65 8.17 8.36 7.70 7.79 8.17 12.83 8.74 9.69 9.88 8.46 9.98 9.69 9.98 10.45 10.83 12.16 13.11 15.01 19.76 21.19 22.80 29.26

$6.21 6.30 7.74 7.92 7.29 7.38 7.74 12.15 8.28 9.18 9.36 8.01 9.45 9.18 9.45 9.90 10.26 11.52 12.42 14.22 18.72 20.07 21.60 27.72

HCL E XCLUS IVE We ha v e t he PACKA GE SIZ ES you w ant!

Easy-Write Reclosable Bags Clear Single-Track Zipper (2-mil thick) Item No.

7538 7539 7540 7543 7546 7547 7548 7555 7557

Dimensions WxH

1-4

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

2x3 2x6 3x4 3x5 4x6 5x8 6x9 8 x 10 9 x 12

$8.10 10.60 9.00 9.30 11.10 13.00 15.30 20.80 24.00

$7.70 10.07 8.55 8.84 10.55 12.35 14.54 19.76 22.80

$7.29 9.54 8.10 8.37 9.99 11.70 13.77 18.72 21.60

Clear Double-Track Zipper (4-mil thick) Item No.

7600 7601 7602 7604 7606 7614 7615 7616

Dimensions WxH

1-4

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

21⁄2 x 3 3x4 3x5 4x6 6x6 8 x 10 9 x 12 12 x 15

$9.70 9.70 11.40 14.20 18.30 20.80 25.50 40.70

$9.22 9.22 10.83 13.49 17.39 19.76 24.23 38.67

$8.73 8.73 10.26 12.78 16.47 18.72 22.95 36.63

Zippit® is a registered trademark of Minigrip®, an ITW company.

• Are you limited on storage space or don’t use large quantities of various bag sizes? Small package size allows various bags to be ordered without buying a year’s supply. • Available with write-on areas (Easy Write). • Clear bags allow for visual observation of contents from any angle. • Available with single-track zippers or double-track zippers for extra strength. Double-track bags are 4-mil thick. • Can be used to package, dispense and/or store almost any object. • Great for dispensing small quantities of unit dose packages, ampules, vials, etc. to a specific patient. • Price discounts are available for large quantity purchases. See page 646 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

151


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Preprinted Easy-Write Reclosable Bags

B

C

A

CAUTION: This dose of medication for this patient requires a combination of drug strengths or sizes to equal the dose ordered by the physician.

D

E

F

Item No.

A B C D E F G

7553 7556 7552 7565 7566 7564 7550

Dimensions WxH

Description

“Caution” (2-mil), green “PRN” (2-mil), red “PRN” (2-mil), red “PRN” (2-mil), blue “PRN” (2-mil), blue “PRN” (2-mil), blue “Patient” (2-mil), blue

3 4 3 6 4 3 3

x x x x x x x

4 6 4 9 6 4 4

G

1-4

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

$10.50 15.30 10.50 19.90 15.30 10.50 10.50

$9.98 14.54 9.98 18.91 14.54 9.98 9.98

$9.45 13.77 9.45 17.91 13.77 9.45 9.45

• Preprinted single-track reclosable bags improve dispensing productivity. • Messages are printed in bright Green, Blue or Red. • Use of PRN bags eliminates the need to dispense large quantities of PRN medications to each patient. • Preprinted messages available: - #7553 “Caution: This dose of medication for this patient requires a combination of drug strengths or sizes to equal the dose ordered by the physician.” - #7556, 7552, 7565, 7566 & 7564 “PRN Dose Replacement - Return Empty Bag to the Pharmacy” - #7550 Patient ____ Drug ____ Directions ____ Take ____ Tablets ____ Times ____ Daily Before/After Meals Doctor Supplier

Minigrip® is a registered trademark of ITW.

H

Insulin Pen Bag • Patient-specific insulin pens can be easily identified and safely stored in this preprinted reclosable bag. • Use of patient-specific bag helps eliminate cross contamination since pen is placed back in the bag after use rather than transported back to a storage bin or drawer in automated dispensing cabinet. • Bag reads “Insulin Pen” and provides space to write the patient’s name. • Dark Blue letters and border on White write-on block alert staff of the bag’s unique contents. • 2-mil, single-track reclosable zipper. Item No.

H 18503

152

Description

Insulin Pen Bag

1-4

$10.00

Price per 100 5-9 10 +

$9.50

$9.00

• 100 per package. • Dimensions: 8"W x 2"H

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

A

B

C

E

D

Preprinted Reclosable Bags • The instructions and usage information on Preprinted Reclosable Bags eliminate the need to handwrite messages or apply labels to the bag. • Provide a professional appearance and eliminate confusion caused by poor handwriting. • The 2-mil bags are Clear for easy identification of contents. • Bags are available in a variety of sizes. The size of the bag varies according to its application. • Preprinted messages available: - #9505 (A) “Discharge/Transfer Medication,” “Patient Name, Date, Directions For Transfer For Discharge” - #9508 (B) “Discharged Patient Return All Meds Remaining In Drawer To Pharmacy With Patient Name ID”

Item No.

A B C D E

9505 9508 9509 9511 9510

Description

Dimensions WxH

1-4

Discharge/Transfer (red) Discharged Patient (red) For Respiratory Therapy (red) Narcotic Return (black) Caution Dosage Strength (red)

8 x 10 6x9 6x9 6x9 4x6

$30.80 24.60 24.60 24.60 19.90

- #9509 (C) “For Respiratory Therapy Use” - #9511 (D) “Narcotic Return Envelope” Date Requested Administered Returned To Be Discarded Anesthesiologist Return Signed/Dated Envelope To Pharmacy Patient’s Name - #9510 (E) “Caution dosage strength different from order. Use appropriate amount.”

Price per 100 5-9

$29.26 23.37 23.37 23.37 18.91

10 +

$27.72 22.14 22.14 22.14 17.91

Minigrip® is a registered trademark of ITW.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

153


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC A

Will Not Scan Return to Pharmacy Bag Use for medicines that won’t scan on the floor and need to be returned to the pharmacy. • 2-mil thick and Clear, which makes it easy to identify contents. • Reclosable bag with Blue print and White write-on area. • Preprinted Message: “Will Not Scan — Return To Pharmacy.” • 100 bags per package.

Item No.

Description

A 17552 Will Not Scan Return to Pharmacy Bag

Dimensions WxH

1-4

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

6x9

$19.10

$18.15

$17.19

Minigrip® is a registered trademark of ITW.

B D

C

For Intrathecal Use Bag Prevent route of administration errors! • Serves as a designated transport and storage method for intrathecal drugs. • Single-track reclosable zipper with Red border and print. • Helps prevent errors due to the inappropriate administration of intrathecal drugs. • 100 bags per package.

Warning Paralytic Agent Bags • Orange border and print. • Single-track reclosable zipper. • 100 bags per package.

Item No.

Item No.

Description

B 9537 For Intrathecal Use Reclosable Bag

154

Dimensions WxH

6x9

1-4

Price per 100 5-9 10 +

$13.40 $12.73 $12.06

C 9536 D 9539

Description

Warning Paralytic Agent Bag Warning Paralytic Agent Bag

Dimensions WxH

Price per 100 1-4 5-9 10 +

3x4

$10.40 $9.88 $9.36

6x9

13.40 12.73 12.06

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Error Prevention Bags

D

A

E

B

C

F

Help reduce medication errors in the storage and dispensing processes.

G

Item No.

A B C D E F G

9526 9528 9529 9527 9534 9535 9538

Description

Look-Alike Sound-Alike Bag Look-Alike Sound-Alike Bag Look-Alike Sound-Alike Bag High Alert Bag High Alert Bag High Alert Bag High Alert Bag

Not for Lock Flush Bags • Preprinted message: “NOT FOR LOCK FLUSH” in Red letters inside Red border. • 2-mil thick bags draw attention to contents and aid in error prevention. • 100 bags per package.

H I J K

Item No.

17530 17531 17532 17533

Simple solutions to improve patient safety! • Colorful preprinted message bags serve as both dispensing and storage options to clearly identify and distinguish High Alert and LookAlike Sound-Alike medications. • Serves as a safety step for workers! If medication is in a bag, the worker has to read and open to retrieve medication. • Great way to separate medications with similar packaging that causes medication errors. • Preprinted messages and colors eliminate the need to write messages or apply colored labels. • 2-mil polyethylene with a singletrack zipper. • 100 bags per package.

Dimensions WxH

1-4

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

4x6 6x8 8 x 11 4x6 6x8 8 x 11 3 x 12

$12.30 13.40 14.50 12.30 13.40 14.50 13.10

$11.69 12.73 13.78 11.69 12.73 13.78 12.45

$11.07 12.06 13.05 11.07 12.06 13.05 11.79

J H

I

K

Description

Dimensions WxH

1-4

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

Not for Lock Flush Bag Not for Lock Flush Bag Not for Lock Flush Bag Not for Lock Flush Bag

4x6 6x8 8 x 11 3 x 12

$11.00 12.00 13.00 12.00

$10.45 11.40 12.35 11.40

$9.90 10.80 11.70 10.80

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

155


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Multidose Medication Dispensing for Discharge Bags A

• Reduce wasted drug products paid for by patients and improve satisfaction upon discharge by sending costly multidose meds home for continued use! • Use this Clear preprinted bag to send multidose meds to the hospital pharmacy for repackaging and outpatient labeling. The newly labeled package is then given to the patient upon discharge for use at home. • Continued use of outpatient drugs at home eliminates the need for a prescription that must be picked up at the local pharmacy and requires additional patient spending. • Reclosable, single-track, 2-mil thick bag with White Easy-Write area is preprinted with the message “Multidose Medication Dispensing for Discharge/ Send to Pharmacy/ Label for Take Home” in Green.

Item No.

A 18685

Description

Dimensions WxH

1-4

8 x 12

$26.00

Multidose Medication Dispensing for Discharge Bags

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

$24.70

$23.40

Hazardous Drugs Return to Pharmacy & Must Be Diluted Bags

B

• Black letters and border on this 2-mil thick single-track reclosable bag alert staff of its unique contents. • Preprinted warning “Hazardous Drugs Return to Pharmacy” or “Must Be Diluted” is located on a White write-on block where initials, expiration and other messages can be written. • Smaller size is perfect for a single vial. • 100 bags per package. • Dimensions: 2"W x 3"H

C

Item No.

Description

B 18316 Hazardous Drugs Return to Pharmacy Bag C 18315 Must Be Diluted Bag

Dimensions WxH

1-4

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

2x3

$14.00

$13.30

$12.60

2x3

14.00

13.30

12.60

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

E

Blue Refrigerate Zippit® Bags D

• Imprinted with “Refrigerate” in White letters to signal that contents in bag should be refrigerated. • 2.5 mil thick. • 100 bags per package.

D E

Item No.

18239

Description

Blue “Refrigerate” Zippit Bag 7629-10 Blue “Refrigerate” Zippit Bag

Dimensions WxH

1-4

3x5

$15.50

5x8

18.00

$14.73 $13.95 17.10

16.20

Zippit® is a registered trademark of Minigrip®, an ITW company.

156

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

M

Color-Coded Message Bags • The colored borders allow workers to associate a certain color with an instruction, thereby reducing the confusion when administering meds. • The preprinted messages and colors eliminate the need to write messages or apply colored labels. • Single-track zipper. • Eight preprinted messages available in two sizes. • 100 bags per package.

K

N

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P

L

O

Item No.

9518 9519 9520 9521 9522 9523 9524 18222 9420 9421 9422 9423 9424 9428 9429 18223

P

Description

Dimensions WxH

1-4

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

PEDIATRIC MEDS Bag CHEMOTHERAPY Bag STAT Bag REFRIGERATE Bag PRN Bag MUST BE DILUTED Bag PRE-OP MEDS Bag HOME MEDS Bag STAT Bag REFRIGERATE Bag PRN Bag MUST BE DILUTED Bag PRE-OP MEDS Bag PEDIATRIC MEDS Bag CHEMOTHERAPY Bag HOME MEDS Bag

4x6 4x6 4x6 4x6 4x6 4x6 4x6 4x6 6x8 6x8 6x8 6x8 6x8 6x8 6x8 6x8

$12.70 12.70 12.70 12.70 12.70 12.70 12.70 12.70 13.80 13.80 13.80 13.80 13.80 13.80 13.80 13.80

$12.07 12.07 12.07 12.07 12.07 12.07 12.07 12.07 13.11 13.11 13.11 13.11 13.11 13.11 13.11 13.11

$11.43 11.43 11.43 11.43 11.43 11.43 11.43 11.43 12.42 12.42 12.42 12.42 12.42 12.42 12.42 12.42

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

157


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Single-Entry Vial Bag

A

• Bold Red letters and border alert staff of the bag’s unique contents. • Text is located on a White write-on block where initials, expirations and other messages can be written. • Single-track reclosable zipper. • 100 bags per package. • Dimensions: 4"W x 6"H

A

Item No.

Description

1-4

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

18301

Single-Entry Vial Bag

$17.10

$16.25

$15.39

C

E

B

D

Caution Hazardous Drug Bags • Colored bag with bold, preprinted message alerts healthcare workers of special instructions. • Yellow Zip Bag is preprinted with: “CAUTION HAZARDOUS DRUG (RCRA); Take Safety Precautions for Handling, Administration and Disposal” in Black print.

B C D E

Item No.

18487 18220 18488 18221

158

Description

Caution Hazardous Drug Bag Caution Hazardous Drug Bag Caution Hazardous Drug (RCRA) Bag Caution Hazardous Drug (RCRA) Bag

Dimensions WxH

4x6 9 x 12 4x6 9 x 12

• Black Zip Bag is preprinted with: “CAUTION HAZARDOUS DRUG (RCRA); Take Safety Precautions for Handling, Administration and Disposal” in White print. • 2-mil thick. • 100 bags per package.

1-4

$8.80 15.50 8.80 15.50

Price per 100 5-9 10 +

$8.36 14.73 8.36 14.73

$7.92 13.95 7.92 13.95

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu B C

D E

A

Use for storage and transport of infuser syringes or small IV bags.

G

I F

H

Self-Sealing TamperIndicating Bags

K

• Self-sealing and tamper-evident 1.5-mil thick Clear or Amber bags with White write-on area. Amber bags offer UV light protection • Perforated tear-off receipt tag. • #17861 & 17812 bag will fit a 60mL prefilled syringe. • #7592 provides light protection to IV bags and bottles. • 100 bags per package.

A B C D E F G H I J K L

Item No.

7514 7518 7520 7524 7526 17499 17501 17812 7592 17859 17860 17861

J L

Description

Color

Usage Area WxH

1-4

Price per 100 5-9

10 +

Self-Sealing Tamper-Indicating Bag Self-Sealing Tamper-Indicating Bag Self-Sealing Tamper-Indicating Bag Self-Sealing Tamper-Indicating Bag Self-Sealing Tamper-Indicating Bag Self-Sealing Tamper-Indicating Bag High Alert Self-Sealing Tamper-Indicating Bag Self-Sealing Tamper-Indicating Bag Self-Sealing IV Bag, light, Tamper-Evident Bag Self-Sealing Tamper-Indicating Bag Self-Sealing Tamper-Indicating Bag Self-Sealing Tamper-Indicating Bag

clear clear clear clear clear clear clear clear amber amber amber amber

33⁄4 x 61⁄4 33⁄4 x 131⁄2 33⁄4 x 101⁄4 6 x 10 61⁄2 x 73⁄4 101⁄2 x 21⁄2 6x8 15 x 3 8 x 14 33⁄4 x 61⁄4 61⁄2 x 10 15 x 3

$20.80 24.50 22.40 26.00 21.10 26.90 29.00 36.20 35.80 20.80 26.00 36.20

$19.76 23.28 21.28 24.70 20.05 25.56 27.55 34.39 34.01 19.76 24.70 34.39

$18.72 22.05 20.16 23.40 18.99 24.21 26.10 32.58 32.22 18.72 23.40 32.58

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

159


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Custom PRINTED BAGS

Fast delivery

Custom Printed Bags Contact Customer Service to order Low minimum order of 500 bags. Please allow 10 working days for shipment after approval of artwork. • Select a bag from pages 644-647 in the Plastic Bag section of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog. • Camera-ready artwork can be used or we will do the artwork at no additional cost (for simple artwork). • A facility logo and/or the name and address can be included with the printed message. • Bags can be custom printed in Black, Blue, Green, Orange, Pink, Purple, Red, Yellow or White. • For quantities of 30 packages or more delivery time could vary. • Call Customer Service.

1. Choose maximum size of your printed image: Add this Imprint Charge to price per package

Imprint Area

13⁄4 x 31⁄2 31⁄2 x 31⁄2 4x4

$6.00 7.00 8.00

2. Decide on the bag and the quantity (500 bag minimum): __________

+

Imprint Charge

=

Price per Pkg.

$ _________

x

Bag Price

__________ Number of Packages

=

$ _________ Total Bag Price

3. Add Plate Charge (one time charge): Item No.

Imprint Area

Price

IPLT-1 IPLT-2 IPLT-3

13⁄4 x 31⁄2 31⁄2 x 31⁄2 4x4

$40.00 45.00 50.00

$ __________ Plate Charge

160

__________

+

$ __________ Total Bag Price

=

Custom Bags at Affordable Prices!

$ _________ Total Price

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu TM

Crush directly in your Unit Dose Blister. ®

1.800.848.1633 B

A C TM

D

Press down on theintablets in the bag or the pouch. Product will1. be available mid-March. 2. Rock back and forth over the tablets until they are completely pulverized.

Roc ‘N’ Crush™ Crusher • Ergonomically designed crusher uses a • Set includes crusher and base. Items rocking motion to quietly break and crush also sold individually. tablets to a fine powder. Crushes finer than • Roc ‘N’ Crush is also available with any other crusher without recompacting a 24" Coiled Tether that fastens to meds. the top of the Crusher. The end of • Textured bottom ensures even crushing the Tether is attached to an adhesivewith little effort. backed pad which can then be mounted to a cart or tabletop for • Bags keep tablets in place during crushing permanent security. and help prevent cross contamination. Use D ® with any 4 or 6-mil bag or with our 6-mil • Roc ‘N’ Crush Dimensions: (#18643) reclosable bags to protect and seal Base: 79⁄16"L x 27⁄8"W x 15⁄8"H the crushed powder and prevent spills. Crusher: 83⁄8"L x 2"W x 313⁄16"H • Crusher can also crush tablets inside unit dose blister packaging. Once the tablet is crushed inside the blister, the caregiver can open the blister and mix or administer the medication as directed. Item No. Description 1-4 A 18640 Roc ‘N’ Crush Crusher Set $39.95 • Crusher is lightweight, portable and can B 18641 Roc ‘N’ Crush Crusher 29.95 be used anywhere! Crushing can be done C 18642 Roc ‘N’ Crush Base 19.95 with or without base. 45.95 • Durable urethane plastic crusher sits inside D 18681 Roc ‘N’ Crush with Tether 18643 Roc ‘N’ Crush Crusher Bags/100 pkg. 5.00 a matching base for convenient upright Roc ‘N’ Crush is a trademark of Health Care Logistics Inc. storage.

1.800.848.1633

C

Price 5-9

10 +

$37.95 28.45 18.95 43.65 4.75

$35.96 26.96 17.96 41.36 4.50

Quiet & easy to use!

Place the bag with pills in the base slot or on the countertop.

Push straight down to crack the pills.

Rock side to side until the pills are crushed to the desired consistency.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

161


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC

Patent #D528,781 perforated tear-off top

A

Durable latex-free polyethylene 8-mil bags hold tablets in place during crushing and help prevent cross contamination.

Easy to open when adhesive closure strip is used.

Tear and remove the perforated bag strip to easily empty from the bottom!

Funnel-shaped bag bottom guides crushed medication out of the bag without getting stuck in corners and leaving behind residue.

Easy Empty Crusher Bag®

This bag becomes a funnel!

• Tear and remove the perforated bag strip to easily empty from the bottom! Shorter traveling distance for medication allows for quicker and complete delivery. • Bags will hold multiple tablets (depending on the size of the tablet). • White dispensing box holds 100 crusher bags.

A

Item No.

12679

Price per Box 10 - 19 20 - 29

Description

1-9

Easy Empty Crusher Bag

$6.00

$5.82

$5.70

30 +

$5.40

Easy Empty Crusher Bag® is a registered trademark of Health Care Logistics, Inc.

Adhesive Closure Strips • Seals the open top of the crusher bag to keep meds enclosed and secure from spilling after they are crushed and until they are administered. • Available 1,000 per roll with a glossy surface that cannot be printed or written on.

B

B

162

Item No.

9834

Description

Adhesive Closure Strip, roll

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

$68.80 $65.36 $61.92

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Easily crushes multiple tablets at one time! No tap, tap tapping noise!

®

Patent #D502,267 and #7,407,124

• Reinforced metal-filled polycarbonate construction is designed to make the crusher lightweight, strong and durable. • Overall Dimensions: 1115⁄16"L x 33⁄4"W x 35⁄8"H Crusher Bags • Durable latex-free polyethylene, 7-mil bags hold tablets in place during crushing and help prevent cross contamination. Bags will hold multiple tablets (depending on the size of the tablet). • Crusher Bags have curved bottoms so powder will not stick to corners.

B

A

• White dispensing box holds 100 crusher bags and can be stored in the built-in holder on the back of the crusher to keep bags readily available and save counter/cart space.

Heavy-Duty Crusher crushes medication to a fine powder!

Removable outer covering provides safety, cleanliness and style. perforated tear-off top

For

Crusher bag

closure strips See page 162 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog

B

Due to the compound leverage mechanism, ONLY LIGHT pressure is required to crush tablets.

Item No.

A 12655

Item No.

B 12656

Description

1-4

Quiet Crusher w/100 Bags

Price 5-9

$57.00 $54.15

Description

Qty.

1-9

Crusher Bags

100

$6.00

Crushes in an even pattern, therefore eliminating lumps of uncrushed medication.

10 +

$51.30

Price per Package 10 - 19 20 - 29

$5.82

$5.70

30 +

$5.40

Quiet Crusher® is a registered trademark of Health Care Logistics, Inc. (Registration #2,943,189)

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

163


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Patent 5,823,451

A

• Durable stainless steel crusher is designed for repetitive crushing. • Long-lasting lifetime guarantee. • Requires the use of two 1⁄2 oz. crush cups, which virtually eliminate cross contamination. • A sample of starter crush cups included with each order.

25⁄8"H 21 ⁄2"W

B

9"L Item No.

Description

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

A 7349-01 “The Crusher” Stainless Steel Tablet Crusher $140.00 $133.00 $126.00

1. Place tablet(s) into a 1⁄2 oz. crush cup.

2. Cover with another crush cup and place on tablet crusher.

3. Use an up and down tapping motion to crush the tablet.

“The Crusher” Stainless Steel Tablet Crusher for Tall Narrow Cups • Designed to accommodate crushing with tall narrow med cups. • Can still be used with the smaller 1⁄2 oz. size, but it will also work with the taller 1 oz. cups that most crushers are not capable of using. • Long-lasting lifetime guarantee. • A sample of starter cups is included with each order.

Item No.

4. Remove the cups from the crusher and administer.

B

Patent 5,823,451

3 ⁄4"H 1

C

21⁄2"W 9"L

Description

B 7391-01 “The Crusher” Stainless Steel Tablet Crusher for Tall Narrow Cups C 5165 Clear Narrow Mouth Cups, 1 oz. (30mL) 5160 White Narrow Mouth Cup Lids

Qty.

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

1 $140.90 $133.86 $126.81 400/pkg. 14.00 400/pkg. 10.40

The Crusher® is a registered trademark of Health Care Logistics, Inc.

164

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Unconditional lifetime guarantee. If it ever breaks or wears out, just return it for free replacement.

B A

1. Put tablet in removable cup.

2. Insert ball.

3. Tap ball on tablet to break. Rotate pulverizer side to side.

4. Remove and wipe cup and ball clean.

Stainless Steel Tablet Pulverizer • Tablets are reduced to a fine powder that passes easily through various types of feeding tubes without clogging. • 3" square base unit has a rubberized non-slip pad. • Sanitary stainless steel construction won’t rust.

A B

Item No.

7340 7344 7341 7342 7343

Description

Tablet Pulverizer Tablet Pulverizer with Handle Attached Replacement Cup for Pulverizer Replacement Handle for Pulverizer Replacement Base for Pulverizer

• Base features two drilled holes so the pulverizer can be permanently mounted on a work surface, table or cart. • The pulverizer’s substantial weight, more than 1 lb, helps keep it in place.

1-4

$65.00 76.00 15.70 30.30 26.00

Price Each 5-9

$61.75 72.20

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

10 +

$58.50 68.40

165


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Medication Cup Dispensers

A

B

• Removable cap allows for convenient loading and keeps dust and dirt away. • #9401 holds approximately (100) 7369 paper cups. It will not work with the #7364 plastic cups. • #9401 Overall Outside Dimensions: 141⁄8"H x 21⁄4" Dia. • #7839 holds approximately (100) 7364 plastic cups. • #7839 Overall Outside Dimensions: 143⁄16"H x 21⁄4" Dia. • #7366 holds approximately (120) 7365 plastic cups. • #7366 Overall Outside Dimensions: 141⁄2"H x 13⁄4" Dia.

C

#7869 Plastic cups can be found on page 679 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog. Adhesive strips apply to walls, carts, etc.

Item No.

A 9401 B 7839 C 7366

Description

1-4

Dispenser for 1 oz. Paper Souffle Cups Dispenser for 1 oz. Plastic Cups Dispenser for 1⁄2 oz. Plastic Cups

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$39.70 $37.72 $35.73 31.50 29.93 28.35 37.10 35.25 33.39

D

Medication Cup Transport Tray & Medicine Cards • White impact-resistant, plastic tray holds 20 cups. • #10270W Medicine Cards sold on page 681 of the HCL Sand Piper Catalog. Cards can be set up with trays during rounds to simplify medication distribution. • #5145 Overall Dimensions: 131⁄4"L x 145⁄8"W x 11⁄2"H

Item No.

D 5145

166

Description

Medication Cup Transport Tray

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

$29.50

$28.03

$26.55

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Wide Graduated Medication Cups, Lid & Dispenser

removable cap

C

• Cup features a wide mouth that allows for easier drinking and filling of liquid medication. Accommodates multiple and large tablets/capsules. • Different colors may be used to represent the time of day, patient, medication, etc. Cups are available in Blue, Clear, Red and Yellow. Lids are White. Specify color when ordering. • Graduated every 5mL; 30mL total capacity. • Lids protect medication from contamination and spilling.

A B C

Can be printed with your name and logo.

A

B

• Clear plastic dispenser keeps cups organized and offers easy inventory check. • Attaches to a smooth, clean surface with two adhesive strips on the back.

Item No.

5149-01 5149 5148-01 5148 7839

Description

Wide Graduated Medication Cup Wide Graduated Medication Cup Lid for Wide Graduated Medication Cup Lid for Wide Graduated Medication Cup Wide Medication Cup Dispenser

• Can be printed with your name and logo. Contact Customer Service for details. • Dispenser Outside Dimensions: 143⁄16"H x 21⁄4" Dia.

Qty.

1-4

2,000 400 2,000 400 1

$46.60 17.10 42.20 13.50 31.50

Price 5-9

10 +

$44.27

$41.94

40.09

37.98

29.93

28.35

Narrow Graduated Medication Cups, Lids & Four Cup Medication Tray • Plastic cups are available in Blue, Clear, Red and Yellow. Lids are White plastic. Colors can be used to color-code the time of day, patient, medication, etc. • Cups are graduated each mL with numbers at every 5mL. Cups have a 30mL capacity. • Lids can be written on. 30mL • White plastic trays allow easy transport Narrow Graduated of medications in cups Medication Cup between departments or and Lid from the nursing station. • Medication Tray holds four Narrow Medication Cups. • Tray Dimensions: 43⁄8"L x 31⁄4"W x 1⁄2"H D E F G H I

Item No.

5165-01 5165 5162-01 5162 5163-01 5163 5164-01 5164 5160-01 5160 5152

Description

Narrow Medication Cup Narrow Medication Cup Narrow Medication Cup Narrow Medication Cup Narrow Medication Cup Narrow Medication Cup Narrow Medication Cup Narrow Medication Cup Narrow Medication Cup Lid Narrow Medication Cup Lid Four Cup Tray for Narrow Medication Cup

F G

E H D

I

Color

Qty.

1-4

clear

4,800 400 4,800 400 4,800 400 4,800 400 4,000 400 100

$84.60 14.00 84.60 14.00 84.60 14.00 84.60 14.00 64.60 10.40 36.40

blue yellow red white white

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Price per Package 5-9

10 +

$80.37

$76.14

80.37

76.14

80.37

76.14

80.37

76.14

61.37

58.14

34.58

32.76

167


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Personal Tablet Crushers • Crushers come with a dual purpose cap. The cap covers the large empty area to form a storage compartment on one end of the crusher. When it is removed, it snaps onto the base of the crusher and holds the crushed medication. • Water or juice can be added to the crushed medication and the cap applied so the crusher can be used to shake and mix medication for easy draw into a syringe or for drinking from the crusher. • Affordable enough to be sent home with patients or given to the patient at the pharmacy when they have prescriptions filled. • Overall Outside Dimensions: 3"H x 2" Dia.

Dual purpose cap! Use at one end to make a storage compartment and at the opposite end to cover the base so it can be used as a shaker to dilute crushed medication with water or juice.

A

B

1. Unscrew crusher lid and remove.

2. Place tablet into the base of the Personal Tablet Crusher.

3. Replace the crusher lid on the crusher base turning clockwise until the lid pressure crushes the tablet.

4. Rotate the lid back and forth to further crush the tablet(s). Dispense the crushed medication or continue with Step 5 to dilute the medication.

7. Drink directly from the crusher or draw diluted medication into an oral syringe to be administered.

8. Clean the crusher base and place tablet(s) into the storage area. Replace cap.

**Please consult a pharmacist before crushing tablets. **Do not crush enteric coated tablets.

5. Add water or juice to the base of the crusher and snap the cap from the storage compartment onto the base.

Item No.

A B

168

7338 7335

6. Shake the crusher to mix the water or juice with the medication.

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

White Personal Tablet Crusher with White Cap Blue Personal Tablet Crusher with White Cap

$6.90 6.90

$6.56 6.56

$6.21 6.21

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu MiniTwist® Quiet Crusher A

• Highly effective twist handle quietly and effectively crushes medication into a fine powder. • Compact, personal size conveniently fits in a purse, briefcase, gym bag, travel bag and more. • Designed for personal use, but is rugged enough to withstand constant everyday use in a healthcare facility. • Overall Dimensions: 215⁄16"W x 41⁄6" H x 39⁄16"D MiniTwist Easy Empty Crusher Bags • No mess, no cleaning! Tablets are crushed in mini disposable Easy Empty Crusher Bags to eliminate cross contamination and repetitive cleaning. • Replacement bags are available in packs of 20 and 100.

Line grid keeps bags in place and improves crushing power.

Patent #D534,279 and #7,416,143

Large, easy grip & turn handle

Non-skid feet can be removed to allow the crusher to be mounted.

B

Position the bag over juice, applesauce, pudding or cup. Tear bottom of bag at perforation. Pull to remove the entire perforated strip.

A B

Item No.

12671 12672 12673

Funnel shaped bag bottom allows crushed medication to easily pour out.

Description

MiniTwist w/20 bags Crusher Bags Crusher Bags

Convenient bag storage compartment holds 20 bags. Easy bag refilling! Squeeze the sides to remove bottom, insert new package of bags and replace top.

Qty.

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

1 20 100

$10.80 2.80 8.50

$10.26 2.66 8.08

$9.72 2.52 7.65

MiniTwist Quiet Crusher® is a registered trademark of Health Care Logistics, Inc. (Registration #3,285,270) MiniTwist® is a trademark of Health Care Logistics, Inc.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

169


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Split & Store Tablet Cutter

The split tablet is ready to beA dispensed from the hole in the lid.

• Allows tablet splitting and dispensing of one half, while retaining the other half in the tablet compartment. • Cutter is made of plastic with a stainless steel blade. • Dimensions: 31⁄8"L x 15⁄8"W x 5⁄8"H

A

Item No.

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9 10 +

7333-01 Split & Store Tablet Cutter $6.60 $6.27 $5.94

REDUCES WASTE & helps ensure the complete dose is delivered. B

C

Mortar Cards • Mortar Cards help scrape and pick up residual medication from the mortar. • Made of polyethylene plastic. Available in Blue, Red, White and Yellow. Specify color when ordering. • Flexibility allows use on any size mortar or mixing bowl. • Single-use only.

Specify color when ordering.

B C

Item No.

Description

3035-50 Mortar Card 12969 Wedge Mortar Card

Qty.

Price per Package 1-4 5-9 10 +

50 $10.90 $10.36 $9.81 50 8.70 8.27 7.83

Sterile Mortar & Pestle D

• Crushes and mixes compounds requiring preparation in sterile conditions. • Disposable. • A smart choice for USP <797> compliance! • Includes one plastic mortar, one plastic pestle, three pieces of glassine paper, a plastic liner and a mortar card to scrape residual medication from the inside of the mortar.

Item No.

Description

1-4

Price 5-9

10 +

D 10121 Sterile Mortar & Pestle - 20 oz. $19.60 $18.62 $17.64

170

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu

Features Seat Type Item # 8420 8421 8422 8423 8424 8425 8426 Polyurethane 8440 11680 11685 11686 11687 11688 17745 8427 8428 8429 Vinyl 8430 11684 11689 11699 Fabric 11703

• Variety of seat coverings to meet specific needs. • Selection of accessories like tilt, casters and footrest. • Easy assembly with detailed instructions. • Stools, chairs and seats for individual needs and work areas. • In stock for immediate shipment!

Type

Footrest Tilt Casters Seat Height

stand-up 28-37" chair • • 22-311⁄2" chair • • 18-23" chair • 211⁄2-31" chair • 173⁄4-223⁄4" semi stand-up • 211⁄2-31" stool • • 2213⁄16-321⁄4" chair • • 221⁄2-32" semi stand-up 211⁄2-31" chair • 22-311⁄2" chair 211⁄2-31" stool 223⁄4-321⁄4" stool • 171⁄4-221⁄2" stand-up • 235⁄8-311⁄2" chair • 17-22" chair • 21-301⁄2" chair 21-30" semi stand-up 21-301⁄2" semi stand-up • 21-301⁄2" semi stand-up 15-20" chair • • 21-31" chair • 21-301⁄2"

IN STOCK for same-day shipment!

• Stools, chairs and seats with a variety of seat covers are in stock for immediate shipment. • Features include tilt, casters and footrest. • Easy assembly with detailed instructions.

Tilt Back

Tilt to an Upward Slightly Back Position

All Kango chairs, stools and seats have pneumatic center columns for almost effortless seat adjustment.

Tilt Forward

With one hand, pull up or push down on the lever for seat height adjustment. Ideal for setting seat height for different users and for use in multiple work areas.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

171


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC The Kango® Stand-Up Seat

A

Note: The Stand-Up Seat is not to be used as a chair. The seat supports the body weight but the user remains standing. Seat height adjusts from 28" to 37"H.

• The tubular cushioned seat allows users to work standing up without suffering from tired, strained legs and backs. • The polyurethane seat material inhibits punctures, tears and moisture absorption. The seat’s U-shaped base will not hinder the user’s movements. • A pneumatic seat column adjusts easily when the user pulls up or pushes down on the lever. • A handle allows the seat to be easily carried. • Base Dimensions: 19"W x 15"D

ergonomical position

Straight back Round seat which is adapted to the users morphology and does not affect leg circulation

RELIEVES FROM THE BODY WEIGHT

Item No.

8420

round shouldered back

The shape of the seat affects leg circulation

Does not hinder movement

A

position to avoid

bent legs = difficulties In moving

Description

Price Each

Stand-Up Seat

$245.00

Ideal for use at computer terminals or cash registers, workstations, lab benches, monitoring stations and many more areas where standing is required.

B

Rotating Stand-Up Seat

Seat height adjusts from 235⁄8" to 311⁄2"H and swivels left to right as desired.

• This polyurethane covered seat provides maximum durability to withstand years of all-day, every-day use. • Features a unique tilting and rotating seat pad, which automatically returns to the center. • Triangular steel epoxy painted base is fitted with non-slip pads. • Seat height adjusts from 235⁄8" to 311⁄2"H and swivels as desired. • Base Dimensions: 14"W x 10"D

Item No.

B 17745

172

Description

Price Each

Rotating Stand-Up Seat

$326.00

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Kango® Polyurethane Chairs • Ergonomically shaped seats and backrests are covered with 11⁄2" thick polyurethane to inhibit punctures, tears and moisture absorption. • Seats swivel 360˚ and can be washed with soap and water or wiped clean with a disinfectant or alcohol. • Contoured backrests, which also provide lumbar support, reduce worker fatigue. • Pneumatic seat column adjusts easily when user pulls up or pushes down on the lever.

replACEMENT Locking & Non-Locking Casters are available for some models. Call us for more information.

A

A. #8424 Low Polyurethane Chair • Chair’s height adjustment is lower, which allows it to be used at shorter workstations and tables. • Stable five-leg, chrome-plated base with casters allows for easy mobility. • Seat height adjusts from 173⁄4" to 223⁄4"H • Seat Width: 151⁄2"W • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2"W

B. #8422 Low Polyurethane Chair with Tilt & Casters • Custom tilt backrest and seat simultaneously with a single lever. • Chair sits lower and features a stable five-leg, chromeplated base with casters. • Seat height adjusts from 18" to 23"H. • Seat Width: 151⁄2"W • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2"W

B

C. #8421 High Polyurethane Chair with Tilt & Footrest • The combination of a footrest and a tilting seat and backrest allows users to adjust and use the chair to their comfort level. • One lever allows the seat and backrest to move from side to side, front to back and up or down. • Chair features a sturdy, aluminum footrest and chromeplated base. • Seat height adjusts from 22" to 311⁄2"H. • Seat Width: 151⁄2"W • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2"W

C

More Kango® Polyurethane Chairs on page 174

Seat height adjustment

Item No.

A 8424 B 8422 C 8421

Tilt lever allows chair to be tilted back, to an upward slightly back position or forward

Description

Low Polyurethane Chair without Tilt with Casters Low Polyurethane Chair with Tilt and Casters High Polyurethane Chair with Tilt and Footrest

Price Each

$260.00 310.00 355.00

* Casters not recommended for high chairs. Kango® is a registered trademark of Biens Company.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

173


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Kango® Polyurethane Chairs (continued) D. #8423 High Polyurethane Chair without Tilt with Footrest

E

• An adjustable aluminum footrest comforts the user’s feet and legs. • Features a stable five-leg, chromeplated base. • Seat height adjusts from 211⁄2" to 31"H. • Seat Width: 151⁄2"W • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2"W

D

E. #11686 High Polyurethane Chair without Tilt • Five-leg, chrome-plated base. • Seat height adjusts from 211⁄2"H to 31". • Seat Width: 151⁄2"W • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2"W

F. #11685 High Polyurethane Chair with Tilt • The tilt adjustment allows maximum distribution of weight to reduce strain on the spine and lumbar discs. • Five-leg, chrome-plated base. • Seat height adjusts from 22" to 311⁄2"H. • Seat Width: 151⁄2"W • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2"W F

G

400 lb Capacity Heavy-Duty Kango® Polyurethane Chair • 400 lb capacity features a 11⁄2" thick black polyurethane covered seat and contoured backrest to inhibit punctures, tears and moisture absorption. • Wash with soap and water or wipe with a disinfectant or alcohol. • Chrome-plated, gas-lift column adjusts from 221⁄2" to 32"H. Also features a single-lever seat tilt, height-adjustable aluminum foot ring and built-in shock absorber. • Seat Width: 171⁄8" • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2" Dia.

Polyurethane Chairs offer excellent longevity with cut & puncture-resistant seat covering!

D E F G

Item No.

Description

Price Each

8423 11686 11685 8440

High Polyurethane Chair without Tilt with Footrest High Polyurethane Chair without Tilt High Polyurethane Chair with Tilt 400 lb Capacity Heavy-Duty Polyurethane Chair

$320.00 278.00 338.00 539.00

* Casters not recommended for high chairs. Kango® is a registered trademark of Biens Company.

174

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Kango® Fabric Chairs

A

• Ergonomically shaped with 100% acrylic fabric-covered seats and contoured backrests. • Center columns adjust easily when user pulls up or pushes down on the lever. • Seat swivels 360˚. • Seat Width: 171⁄4" • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2"

A. #11703 High Fabric Chair without Tilt with Footrest • Adjustable aluminum footrest comforts feet and legs. • Five-leg, chrome-plated base. • Seat height adjusts from 21" to 301⁄2"H

B. #11699 High Fabric Chair with Tilt and Footrest • One lever allows the seat and backrest to move from sideto-side, front-to-back and up and down. • Aluminum footrest and chrome-plated leg base. • Seat height adjusts from 21" to 31"H.

Footrest • Provides more comfortable sitting for extended periods of time. • Made of a high-strength aluminum to endure everyday use.

B

COMFORTABLE, high quality fabric seat-covering!

Item No.

Description

A 11703* High Fabric Chair with Footrest B 11699* High Fabric Chair with Tilt and Footrest

Price Each

$250.00 320.00

Kango® is a registered trademark of Biens Company.

* Casters not recommended for high chairs.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

175


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Vinyl is easy to wipe clean!

B

A

C

Kango® Vinyl Chairs • High-density vinyl protects the swivel seat and backrest. • Ergonomically shaped backrests and seats can be adjusted by the levers below the seats. • Center columns adjust easily when user pulls up or pushes down on the levers. • Five-leg, chrome-plated base. • Wash with soap and water or wipe with a disinfectant or alcohol. • Seat Swivals 360° • Seat Width: 171⁄4" • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2"W

Item No.

A B C

8427 8428* 8429*

Description

Low Vinyl Chair with Casters High Vinyl Chair with Footrest High Vinyl Chair

A. #8427 Low Vinyl Chair • Sits lower to accommodate tables and counters with low clearances. The base has five swivel casters. • Seat adjusts from 17" to 22"H.

B. #8428 High Vinyl Chair with Footrest • Adjustable footrest comforts the user’s feet. • Seat adjusts from 21" to 301⁄2"H.

C. #8429 High Vinyl Chair • Stationary chair allows comfortable sitting at higher level work areas. • Seat adjusts from 21" to 30"H.

Price Each

$218.00 272.00 218.00

Kango® is a registered trademark of Biens Company.

* Casters not recommended for high chairs.

176

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Kango® Polyurethane Stools • Thick polyurethane round swivel seat acts as a shock absorber to provide comfort for long periods of sitting. Foam material inhibits punctures, tears and moisture absorption. • Wide, five-leg, chrome-plated base. • Center column adjusts easily when user pulls up or pushes down on the lever. • Wash with soap and water or wipe with a disinfectant or alcohol. • Low Seat height adjusts from 171⁄4" to 221⁄2"H. • High Seat height adjusts from 223⁄4" to 321⁄4"H. • Seat Width: 121⁄2" • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2"W

A

Stools are great for areas with limited space!

B

POLYURETHANE is well suited for most work environments! C

A B C

Item No.

Description

Price Each

11688 11687* 8426*

Low Polyurethane Stool with Casters High Polyurethane Stool High Polyurethane Stool with Footrest and Casters

$140.00 130.00 175.00

* Casters are not recommended for high or stand-up chairs.

Casters for Kango® Stools & Chairs • Provide effortless rolling over any floor covering. • Casters are not recommended for “high” or semi stand-up chairs. • Available in locking or non-locking. • Five casters per set.

D

D E

E

Item No.

Description

Price per Set

10604 10603

Locking Caster Non-Locking Caster

$51.10 32.20

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

177


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Kango® Polyurethane Semi Stand-Up Seats • 11⁄2" thick polyurethane swivel seat acts as a shock absorber to provide comfort for long periods of sitting. Polyurethane foam material inhibits punctures, tears and moisture absorption. • Center column adjusts easily when user pulls up or pushes down on the lever. • Chrome-plated base. • Seat height adjusts from 211⁄2" to 31"H. • Seat Width: 151⁄2"W • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2"W

B A

height adjustment

Item No.

Description

Price Each

A

8425*

$245.00

B

11680*

Polyurethane Semi Stand-Up Seat with Footrest Polyurethane Semi Stand-Up Seat

207.00

Kango® is a registered trademark of Biens Company.

* Casters are not recommended for high or stand-up chairs.

All Kango chairs, stools and seats include detailed assembly instructions. Instructions are also available online at GoHCL.com Simply click the instruction icon attached to the product you are viewing.

C

Kango® Vinyl Semi Stand-Up Seats

D

• Partially positions the body in a standing position for better body posture. • Non-slip vinyl covering protects the swivel seat. • Center columns adjust easily when user pulls up or pushes down on the lever. • Wash with soap and water or wipe with a disinfectant or alcohol. • Chrome-plated base. • Low Seat height adjusts from 15" to 20"H. • High Seat height adjusts from 21" to 301⁄2"H. • Seat Width: 171⁄4" • Base Dimensions: 221⁄2"W

E

Ideal for workers constantly moving!

Item No.

C 11689 D 8430* E 11684*

Description

Price Each

Low Vinyl Semi Stand-Up Seat High Vinyl Semi Stand-Up Seat High Vinyl Semi Stand-Up Seat with Footrest

$175.00 196.00 218.00

* Casters are not recommended for high or stand-up chairs.

178

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu CUSTOM ANTI-FATIGUE MATS Custom Anti-Fatigue Mats Ribbed Anti-Fatigue Mats • 3⁄8" thick • Available in Black and Gray. • Available in four widths: 2'W up to 60"L 3'W up to 60"L 4'W up to 60"L 6'W up to 60"L • Additional widths are available. Call Customer Service for pricing.

Smooth Anti-Fatigue Mats • 1⁄2" & 7⁄8" thick for extra comfort. • Smooth finish is easy to clean. • 1⁄2" available in Beige, Black, Blue, Charcoal, Gray, Medium Brown and Sandalwood. • 7⁄8" available in Black, Blue and Gray. • Available in four widths: 11⁄2'W up to 60"L 2'W up to 60"L 3'W up to 60"L 4'W up to 60"L • Additional widths are available. Call Customer Service for pricing.

Beige

Blue

Black

Gray

Medium Brown

Black

Charcoal

Sandalwood

Stock mats are on pages 714-719 of our 2012 Sand Piper Catalog.

1. Choose the ribbed or smooth mat and multiply the width x length to determine the total square feet: (Example 2'W x 6"L = 12 Square Feet)

Gray

$ $ __________ x _________ = ____________ x _________ = ____________ Width Length Total Square Price per Price of (from chart) Feet Square Foot Mat (from chart)

2. Choose the color from the chart above. 3. Call Customer Service to place the order. 4. Allow three weeks for delivery.

Custom Anti-Fatigue Mats Width (Feet) Ribbed Mat 3⁄8"

Price per Square Foot

2 3 4 6

$5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00

Smooth Mat 1⁄2"

11/2 2 3 4 Smooth Mat 7⁄8"

11/2 2 3

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

$12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 $15.00 15.00 15.00

179


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Limb Cradle • Just support the limb in the cradle and changing bandages or cleaning wounds becomes easy with little effort needed to support the limb dressing. • Limb Cradle Stand stabilizes the Limb Cradle Frame and helps prevent it from tipping. • Attach or remove frame from base by sliding the legs into or out of the two matching holes. The Standard Sling uses the two center holes; the Bariatric Sling uses the two outer holes. • The frame is made of stainless steel and the stand is made of durable plastic. • Single-use Standard Slings (Blue) and Bariatric Slings (Yellow) are made of polyethylene. • Sling Dimensions: Standard - 7"L x 43⁄8"W Bariatric - 101⁄8"L x 43⁄8"W • Limb Cradle Stand Dimensions: 12"L x 4"W • Additional slings are available 100 per package.

A

Ideal for elevating limbs in hospitals, nursing homes, burn units, hospice, home health care and procedure rooms. A

B

C

A

B C

180

Item No.

5182

Item No.

Description

Price Each

Limb Cradle Frame & Stand $57.00 w/100 Standard Slings & 10 Bariatric Slings

5167 5169-10

Price per Package 5-9 10 +

Description

1-4

Bariatric Slings Standard Slings

$13.40 11.20

$12.73 10.64

$12.06 10.08

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu We are the EXCLUSIVE SOURCE for Mediset® Organizers in the United States.

A

B

D

C

Mediset® Weekly Medication Organizers • Organizers come with an optional locking device that deters tampering and deters small children from opening the sliding lids. • Compartmentalized trays slide out for easy filling. Replacement trays are available. • Each day has four compartments printed with the time of day the medication is to be taken. Frame has braille markings. • A medication information card is included on the bottom of the dispenser. • The Extra-Large Weekly Medication Organizer has larger compartments to accommodate large quantities and sizes of tablets/capsules. • Blue and Red are available. Specify color when ordering. • #7123 Overall Dimensions: 4"L x 61⁄8"W x 1"H Individual Compartment Dimensions: 3⁄4"L x 5⁄8"W x 3⁄4"H • #10983 Overall Dimensions: 51⁄4"L x 8"W x 11⁄2"H Individual Compartment Dimensions: 13⁄16"L x 13⁄16"W x 11⁄16"H

A B C D

Item No.

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

$15.00

$14.25

$13.50

7123 7133 10984

Mediset Maxi Extra-Large Weekly Medication Organizer Mediset Weekly Medication Organizer Replacement Tray for #7123 Replacement Tray for #10983

8.70 1.00 3.00

8.27 0.95 2.85

7.83 0.90 2.70

10983

Mediset® is a registered trademark of Item Development.

Optional locking device on #10983 and 7123 (included) helps keep small children out!

Card for recording medications

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

181


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC A safe, accessible place to store hearing aids, eye glasses and dentures. Compartments are molded to conform to the shape of the items to be stored.

Compact size easily fits on bedside and over-bed tables, leaving room for other supplies.

A denture cup is included for convenience. Tray is molded with names of compartments to help visually impaired patients locate their correct aid.

Optional clear plastic cover keeps dust off the tray and protects patient's items when transporting between departments or new room assignments.

B

Tray Valet • Aids are either in use or on the tray! • Eliminates expensive replacement of hearing aids, eyeglasses and dentures that are accidentally discarded, damaged in the laundry, misplaced or left unused. • Dimensions: 113⁄8"L x 87⁄8"W x 2"H

A

Item No.

A B

11337 11338

Description

Tray Valet Tray Valet with Lid

Price Each

$16.99 19.99

Compact Tray Valet & Mounting Bracket Tray Valet

D

C

A

Compact Tray Valet

• Compact White polystyrene plastic tray is perfect for smaller spaces. • Available with or without mounting bracket that allows the tray to be attached to the underside of over-bed tables, countertops, cabinets and more. The bracket can also be purchased individually. • Snap-on lid protects items from dust and dirt or if the tray is dropped during transport. When lids are used, trays can be stacked for storage. • Dishwasher safe. Non-skid bottom prevents sliding. • Compact Dimensions: 91⁄4"L x 7"W x 11⁄2"H

C D E

Item No.

Description

Price Each

11340 11341 11342

Compact Tray Valet with Lid Mounting Bracket for #11340 Compact Tray Valet with Bracket

$17.00 15.00 30.00

E

182

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu HCL Rx Fill Tray™ • Keep individual prescription components together from arrival at the drug store to the Will Call/Pick Up counter. • Trays with easy-grip handles nest when empty to save space. • Available in Blue, Clear, Green, Red, White and Yellow. Specify color when ordering. • Tray “cutout” allows use with a standard spring clip to hold important documentation. • Outside Dimensions: 67⁄8"W x 101⁄2"L x 21⁄2"H

A

Item No.

17487

Streamline Rx filling with these handy containers! A

Description

1-4

Price Each 5-9

10 +

Rx Fill Tray

$4.00

$3.80

$3.60

HCL Rx Fill Tray™ is a trademark of Health Care Logistics, Inc.

Prescription Stand

B

• White acrylic, easel-style Prescription Holder reduces eye strain by elevating the prescription from the pharmacy counter to a convenient height and angle, thereby making it easier to read. • A retaining lip on the front of the holder prevents prescriptions from sliding off. • Provides a consistent location to place current prescriptions being filled. This prevents confusion among multiple prescriptions waiting to be filled and reduces the risk for error. • Stand is available in custom sizes and colors. Stand can be custom printed with your facility name or logo. Contact Customer Service for additional information. • Dimensions: 61⁄2"W x 1015⁄16"H x 33⁄4"D Item No.

Description

Price Each

B 18666 Prescription Stand

$25.00

B

Custom Colors and Sizes are Available Contact Customer Service. Opaque Black

Opaque Blue

Clear

Transparent Transparent Green Blue

Custom Color Options

Reference Book Holder

C

C

• Clear acrylic stand holds reference books, manuals and documents open at a convenient angle for hands-free visibility. • Space is available under the Book Holder for files, paper work and other commonly used items • Dimensions: 18"W x 7"H x 11"D Item No.

Description

C 18657 Reference Book Holder

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

Price Each

$35.00

183


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Divider Systems for Wire Shelving, Single Sided & Double Sided • Clear 3⁄16" acrylic divider system allows users to easily sort and organize items on wire shelving. • Available single sided or double sided; each includes two dividers. Front panels prevent items from falling off shelf. Double-sided system allows users to access both sides of the shelving unit. • Quick, easy, tool-free assembly. Thumb screws allow easy adjustment of dividers at multiple points along the frame for customized placement. They also secure the Divider System to the wire rack. Dividers can be repositioned easily as supply requirements change. Additional dividers can be purchased separately. • Sized to fit 48"L x 24"W wire shelf area. • Custom-sized acrylic divider systems can be designed to the exact dimensions of your wire shelving unit. Call for a quote on a custom system. • For custom color information, contact Customer Service. • Divided sections can be laser engraved or labeled to identify contents.

E

E

F

F

Opaque Black

Opaque Blue

Opaque White

Transparent Transparent Green Blue

Custom Color Options

Wire Shelving available. See page 119 of HCL's 2012 Sand Piper Catalog

Item No.

Description

E 18687 Divider System - Single Sided F 18656 Divider System - Double Sided

Dimensions LxWxH

Price Each

45 x 2313⁄16 x 1211⁄16 $60.00 45 x 231⁄2 x 1211⁄16 65.00

Metro®, Erecta® and SiteSelect™ are trademarks of InterMetro Industries Corporation.

184

Web: GoHCL.com • Email: hcl@GoHCL.com


CL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclu Custom Plastics • Health Care Logistics makes custom plastic products to your specifications; regardless of shape, size or function! • We can transform your idea into a reality with our FREE design services! • Our designers use acrylic, PETG, polycarbonate, polystyrene, HDPE or PVC to create trays, lock boxes and containers for your specific needs. • Multiple styles of locks are available. • Dividers can be custom designed in the exact size and style you need to fit shelves, bins, drawers and more. They offer the perfect solution when stock dividers are not available. • Sturdy enough to withstand years of everyday use. • No minimum order is required. • Custom orders usually ship within 10 days of design approval. • Contact Customer Service to learn more about color, imprint and label options.

Call Free: 1.800.848.1633 • Fax Free: 1.800.447.2923

185


HCL

Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HCL Exclusive HC Pewter Rx Ornament IVE EXCLUS L C H e Mor ART PHARM roducts ized p custom vailable! are a in our

5-769 g! ges 74 See pa d Piper Catalo n a S 2 201

These Pewter ornaments make a great keepsake gift! Features an ornate Rx design and year (choose from 2009, 2010, 2011 or 2012). Hangs from a burgundy ribbon hanger. Sure to be a holiday favorite year after year. Made in the US. 21⁄2"W x 31⁄2"H. Item No.

A B C D

PR517 PR518 PR519 PR520

A B

C

186

D

Description

Pewter Pewter Pewter Pewter

Rx Rx Rx Rx

Ornament-2009 Ornament-2010 Ornament-2011 Ornament-2012

Price Each

$14.95 14.95 14.95 14.95


HCL Exclusive Catalog